1#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2025 Intel Corporation
15 *
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
19 *
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
27 *
28 */
29
30/*
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
34 *
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
41 */
42
43#include <linux/types.h>
44
45#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
46
47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
54
55#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4
56#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15
57#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1
58#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
59
60/**
61 * DOC: Station handling
62 *
63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
67 * to.
68 *
69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
70 * capabilities.
71 *
72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75 * or capability information; this just exists to avoid race conditions
76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78 * time mark it authorized.
79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
82 *
83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
84 */
85
86/**
87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
88 *
89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant to react to management frames
91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93 * for various reasons.
94 *
95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
101 * for doing that.
102 *
103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
106 *
107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
113 *
114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame is transmitted, its
117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
118 *
119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
120 * below.
121 */
122
123/**
124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
125 *
126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs; they can have
127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
130 *
131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
134 *
135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138 * an additional list of these; they can be added at any time and
139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
142 *
143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
151 *
152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
154 */
155
156/**
157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
158 *
159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162 * and power consumption.
163 *
164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167 * following events occurs.
168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches its limit.
171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
172 *
173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
174 * rule.
175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177 * c) Condition for coalescence: pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
179 */
180
181/**
182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
183 *
184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
191 *
192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
198 * not present.
199 *
200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
207 *
208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
211 */
212
213/**
214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
215 *
216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertised by drivers by
217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
231 *
232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
234 * up a connection or after roaming.
235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
241 *
242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertised by a FILS
243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
249 */
250
251/**
252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
253 *
254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
258 *
259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
261 * respectively.
262 */
263
264/**
265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
266 *
267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
273 * that main netdev.
274 *
275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
278 */
279
280/**
281 * DOC: TID configuration
282 *
283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
285 *
286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
289 *
290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
293 * any peers that have peer-specific configuration for the TID by default; if
294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer-specific values
295 * will be overwritten.
296 *
297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection,
298 * i.e., the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
300 * the interface goes down.
301 */
302
303/**
304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload
305 *
306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode.
307 *
308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting
309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt
311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai.
312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace.
313 *
314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the
315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association
316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters
317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA
319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption
320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption
321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
322 *
323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data.
324 */
325
326/**
327 * DOC: Multi-Link Operation
328 *
329 * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between two MLDs utilizes multiple
330 * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need
331 * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute.
332 * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link
333 * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to
334 * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions.
335 */
336
337/**
338 * DOC: OWE DH IE handling offload
339 *
340 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD flag, drivers can indicate
341 * kernel/application space to avoid DH IE handling. When this flag is
342 * advertised, the driver/device will take care of DH IE inclusion and
343 * processing of peer DH IE to generate PMK.
344 */
345
346/**
347 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
348 *
349 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
350 *
351 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
352 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
354 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
355 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
357 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
358 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
359 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
360 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel,
361 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
362 * compatibility only.
363 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
364 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
365 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
366 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
367 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
368 *
369 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
370 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
371 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
372 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
373 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
374 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
375 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
376 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
377 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
378 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
379 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
380 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
381 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
382 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
383 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are
384 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
385 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all
386 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well.
387 *
388 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
389 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
390 * represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key,
391 * the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
392 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
393 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
394 * For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by
395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
396 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
397 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
398 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents
399 * peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO
400 * group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
401 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
402 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address
403 * for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by
404 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
405 *
406 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
407 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
408 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
409 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
410 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
411 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
412 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
413 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
414 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
415 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
416 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
417 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
418 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
419 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
420 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
421 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
422 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
423 * attributes determining channel width.
424 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
425 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
426 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
427 *
428 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
429 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
430 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
431 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
432 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
433 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
434 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
435 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
436 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. For MLD station, MLD address is used in
437 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
438 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
439 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
440 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
441 * frame). %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID can be used optionally to remove
442 * stations connected and using at least that link as one of its links.
443 *
444 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
445 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
446 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
447 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
448 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
449 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
450 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
451 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
452 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
453 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
454 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
455 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
456 *
457 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
458 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
459 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
460 * global regdomain will be returned.
461 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
462 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
463 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
464 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
465 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
466 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
467 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
468 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
469 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
470 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
471 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
472 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
473 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
474 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
475 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
476 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
477 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
478 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
479 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
480 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
481 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
482 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
483 *
484 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
485 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
486 *
487 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
488 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
489 *
490 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
491 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
492 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
493 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
494 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
495 * added to all specified management frames generated by
496 * kernel/firmware/driver.
497 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
498 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
499 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
500 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
501 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
502 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
503 *
504 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
505 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
506 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
507 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
508 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
509 * be used.
510 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
511 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
512 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
513 * partial scan results may be available
514 *
515 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
516 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
517 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
518 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
519 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
520 * These attributes are mutually exclusive,
521 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
522 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
523 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
524 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
525 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
526 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
527 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
528 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
529 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
530 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
531 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
532 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
533 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
534 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
535 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
536 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
537 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
538 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
539 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
540 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
541 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
542 * results available.
543 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
544 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
545 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
546 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
547 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
548 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
549 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
550 *
551 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey results, e.g. channel occupation
552 * or noise level
553 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
554 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
555 *
556 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
557 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
558 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
559 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
560 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
561 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
562 * advertised by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
563 * ESS.
564 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
565 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
566 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
567 * authentication. Additionally in case of SAE offload and OWE offloads
568 * PMKSA entry can be deleted using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID.
569 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
570 *
571 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
572 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
573 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
574 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
575 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
576 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
577 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
578 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
579 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
580 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
581 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
582 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
583 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
584 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
585 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
586 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
587 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
588 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
589 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
590 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
591 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
592 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
593 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
594 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
595 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
596 * the beacon hint was processed.
597 *
598 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
599 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
600 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
601 * authentication process.
602 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
603 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
604 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
605 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
606 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
607 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequency of the
608 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
609 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
610 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
611 * to the frame.
612 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
613 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
614 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
615 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
616 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
617 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
618 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
619 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
620 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
621 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
622 * pending authentication timed out).
623 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
624 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
625 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
626 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
627 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
628 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
629 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
630 * included).
631 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
632 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
633 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
634 * primitives).
635 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
636 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
637 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
638 *
639 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
640 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
641 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
642 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
643 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
644 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
645 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
646 *
647 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
648 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
649 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
650 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
651 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
652 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
653 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
654 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
655 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
656 * determined by the network interface.
657 *
658 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
659 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
660 * to the driver.
661 *
662 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
663 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
664 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
665 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
666 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
667 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
668 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
669 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
670 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
671 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
672 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
673 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
674 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
675 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
676 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
677 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
678 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
679 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
680 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
681 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
682 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
683 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
684 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
685 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
686 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
687 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
688 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
689 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
690 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
691 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
692 * a different BSS is desired.
693 * Background scan period can optionally be
694 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
695 * if not specified default background scan configuration
696 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
697 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
698 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
699 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
700 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
701 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
702 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
703 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
704 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
705 * well to remain backwards compatible.
706 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
707 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
708 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an
709 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
710 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
711 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
712 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
713 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
714 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
715 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
716 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
717 *
718 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
719 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
720 *
721 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
722 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
723 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
724 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
725 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
726 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
727 * frequency for the operation.
728 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
729 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
730 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
731 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
732 * radio).
733 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
734 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
735 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
736 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
737 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
738 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
739 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
740 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
741 * uniquely identify the request.
742 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
743 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
744 *
745 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
746 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
747 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
748 *
749 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
750 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
751 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
752 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
753 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
754 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
755 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
756 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
757 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
758 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
759 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
760 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
761 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
762 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
763 * backward compatibility
764 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
765 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
766 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
767 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
768 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
769 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
770 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
771 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
772 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
773 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
774 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
775 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
776 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
777 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
778 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
779 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
780 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
781 * is used during CSA period.
782 * For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be
783 * specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses
784 * in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by
785 * lower layers.
786 * For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
787 * indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may
788 * be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp.
789 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
790 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
791 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is
792 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
793 * wait time.
794 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
795 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
796 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
797 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
798 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
799 * the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the
800 * tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
801 * indicate the ack RX timestamp.
802 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
803 * backward compatibility.
804 *
805 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
806 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
807 *
808 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
809 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
810 * levels.
811 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
812 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
813 * reached.
814 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
815 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
816 * (identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
817 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
818 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
819 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
820 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
821 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
822 * precedence when they are used.
823 *
824 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
825 * (no longer supported).
826 *
827 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
828 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
829 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
830 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
831 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
832 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
833 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
834 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
835 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
836 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
837 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
838 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
839 * command, the feature is disabled.
840 *
841 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
842 * mesh config parameters may be given.
843 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
844 * network is determined by the network interface.
845 *
846 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
847 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
848 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
849 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
850 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
851 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
852 *
853 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
854 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
855 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
856 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
857 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
858 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
859 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
860 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
861 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
862 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
863 * depending on the authentication result.
864 *
865 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
866 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
867 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
868 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
869 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
870 * more background information, see
871 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
872 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
873 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
874 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
875 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
876 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
877 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
878 *
879 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
880 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
881 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
882 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
883 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
884 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
885 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
886 *
887 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
888 * of PMKSA caching candidates.
889 *
890 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
891 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
892 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
893 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
894 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
895 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
896 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
897 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
898 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
899 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
900 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
901 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
902 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
903 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
904 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
905 *
906 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
907 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
908 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
909 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
910 * is received.
911 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
912 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
913 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
914 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
915 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
916 *
917 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
918 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
919 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
920 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
921 *
922 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
923 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
924 * acknowledged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
925 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
926 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
927 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
928 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
929 *
930 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
931 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
932 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
933 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
934 *
935 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
936 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
937 *
938 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
939 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
940 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
941 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
942 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
943 * from the remote AP) is completed;
944 *
945 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
946 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
947 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
948 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
949 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
950 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
951 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
952 * interfaces to change channel as well.
953 *
954 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
955 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
956 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
957 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
958 * public action frame TX.
959 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
960 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
961 *
962 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
963 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
964 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
965 * is used for this.
966 *
967 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
968 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
969 *
970 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
971 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
972 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
973 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
974 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
975 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
976 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
977 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
978 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
979 *
980 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
981 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
982 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
983 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
984 * while operating on this channel.
985 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
986 * event.
987 *
988 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
989 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
990 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
991 *
992 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
993 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
994 *
995 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
996 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
997 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
998 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
999 *
1000 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
1001 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
1002 * complete.
1003 *
1004 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
1005 * return back to normal.
1006 *
1007 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
1008 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
1009 *
1010 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
1011 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
1012 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
1013 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
1014 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
1015 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
1016 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
1017 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
1018 * switch is complete.
1019 *
1020 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
1021 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
1022 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
1023 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
1024 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
1025 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
1026 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
1027 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
1028 *
1029 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
1030 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
1031 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
1032 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
1033 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
1034 *
1035 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
1036 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
1037 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
1038 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
1039 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
1040 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
1041 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
1042 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
1043 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
1044 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
1045 * fail even if the check was successful.
1046 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
1047 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
1048 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
1049 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
1050 *
1051 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
1052 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
1053 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
1054 *
1055 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
1056 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
1057 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
1058 * network is determined by the network interface.
1059 *
1060 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
1061 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
1062 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
1063 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
1064 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1065 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1066 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1067 * AP.
1068 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1069 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1070 * when this command completes.
1071 *
1072 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1073 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1074 * management.
1075 *
1076 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1077 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1078 * cfg80211_scan_done().
1079 *
1080 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1081 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1082 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1083 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1084 * cluster. This command must have a valid
1085 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1086 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1087 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1088 * decide what to use. Additional cluster configuration may be
1089 * optionally provided with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG.
1090 * After this command NAN functions can be added.
1091 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1092 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1093 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1094 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1095 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1096 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1097 * of the function upon success.
1098 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1099 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1100 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1101 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1102 * which just terminated.
1103 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1104 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1105 * the response to this command.
1106 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1107 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1108 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1109 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1110 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1111 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1112 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1113 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
1114 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1115 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1116 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
1117 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1118 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1119 * Additional parameters may be provided with
1120 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG. User space should provide all previously
1121 * configured nested attributes under %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG, even if
1122 * only a subset was changed.
1123 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1124 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1125 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1126 *
1127 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1128 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1129 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1130 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1131 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1132 *
1133 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1134 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1135 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1136 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1137 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1138 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1139 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1140 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates port is authorized and
1141 * open for regular data traffic. For STA/P2P-client, this event is sent
1142 * with AP MAC address and for AP/P2P-GO, the event carries the STA/P2P-
1143 * client MAC address.
1144 * Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload should send this event for
1145 * STA/P2P-client after successful 4-way HS or after 802.1X FT following
1146 * NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or NL80211_CMD_ROAM. Drivers using AP/P2P-GO 4-way
1147 * handshake offload should send this event on successful completion of
1148 * 4-way handshake with the peer (STA/P2P-client).
1149 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1150 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
1151 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1152 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1153 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1154 * 802.11 headers.
1155 * For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and
1156 * its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known
1157 * to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit
1158 * the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both
1159 * the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link
1160 * address of that link.
1161 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1162 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1163 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1164 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1165 *
1166 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1167 *
1168 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1169 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1170 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1171 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1172 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1173 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1174 *
1175 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1176 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1177 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1178 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1179 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1180 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1181 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1182 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1183 * command interface.
1184 *
1185 * Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in
1186 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO
1187 * during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD
1188 * APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability
1189 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling
1190 * MLO during the authentication offload or not.
1191 * User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it
1192 * receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User
1193 * space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request
1194 * doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable.
1195 * User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and
1196 * interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD
1197 * address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and
1198 * BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the
1199 * MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the
1200 * authentication.
1201 *
1202 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1203 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1204 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1205 *
1206 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1207 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1208 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1209 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1210 *
1211 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1212 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1213 *
1214 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1215 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1216 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1217 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1218 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1219 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1220 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1221 * the netlink extended ack message.
1222 *
1223 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1224 *
1225 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1226 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1227 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1228 * buffer size.
1229 *
1230 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1231 * multiple concurrent measurements.
1232 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1233 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1234 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1235 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1236 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1237 *
1238 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1239 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1240 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1241 * determining the width and type.
1242 *
1243 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1244 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1245 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1246 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1247 *
1248 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1249 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1250 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1251 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1252 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1253 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1254 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1255 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1256 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1257 * rate selection.
1258 *
1259 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1260 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1261 * content. The frame is ethernet data.
1262 *
1263 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1264 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1265 *
1266 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1267 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1268 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1269 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1270 *
1271 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1272 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1273 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1274 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1275 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1276 *
1277 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
1278 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
1279 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
1280 *
1281 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
1282 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
1283 *
1284 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
1285 * userspace wants to change the BSS color.
1286 *
1287 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
1288 * started
1289 *
1290 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
1291 * been aborted
1292 *
1293 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
1294 * has completed
1295 *
1296 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using -
1297 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address
1298 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK
1299 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces
1300 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
1301 *
1302 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association
1303 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1304 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to
1305 * specify the timeout value.
1306 *
1307 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The
1308 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link.
1309 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come
1310 * without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links
1311 * in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP.
1312 *
1313 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station
1314 * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station
1315 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station
1316 *
1317 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP: Enable/disable HW timestamping of Timing
1318 * measurement and Fine timing measurement frames. If %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1319 * is included, enable/disable HW timestamping only for frames to/from the
1320 * specified MAC address. Otherwise enable/disable HW timestamping for
1321 * all TM/FTM frames (including ones that were enabled with specific MAC
1322 * address). If %NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED is not included, disable
1323 * HW timestamping.
1324 * The number of peers that HW timestamping can be enabled for concurrently
1325 * is indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS.
1326 *
1327 * @NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED: Notify userspace about the removal of STA MLD
1328 * setup links due to AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with
1329 * Multi-Link reconfiguration. %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS is used to provide
1330 * information about the removed STA MLD setup links.
1331 *
1332 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING: Set the TID to Link Mapping for a
1333 * non-AP MLD station. The %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK and
1334 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK attributes are used to specify the
1335 * TID to Link mapping for downlink/uplink traffic.
1336 *
1337 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_MLO_RECONF: For a non-AP MLD station, request to
1338 * add/remove links to/from the association. To indicate link
1339 * reconfiguration request results from the driver, this command is also
1340 * used as an event to notify userspace about the added links information.
1341 * For notifying the removed links information, the existing
1342 * %NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED command is used. This command is also used to
1343 * notify userspace about newly added links for the current connection in
1344 * case of AP-initiated link recommendation requests, received via
1345 * a BTM (BSS Transition Management) request or a link reconfig notify
1346 * frame, where the driver handles the link recommendation offload.
1347 *
1348 * @NL80211_CMD_EPCS_CFG: EPCS configuration for a station. Used by userland to
1349 * control EPCS configuration. Used to notify userland on the current state
1350 * of EPCS.
1351 *
1352 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION: This command is used to notify
1353 * user space about the next NAN Discovery Window (DW). User space may use
1354 * it to prepare frames to be sent in the next DW.
1355 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to indicate the frequency of the next
1356 * DW. SDF transmission should be requested with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME and
1357 * the device/driver shall take care of the actual transmission timing.
1358 * This notification is only sent to the NAN interface owning socket
1359 * (see %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER flag).
1360 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED: This command is used to notify
1361 * user space that the NAN new cluster has been joined. The cluster ID is
1362 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1363 *
1364 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1365 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1366 */
1367enum nl80211_commands {
1368/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1369 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1370
1371 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1372 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1373 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1374 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1375
1376 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1377 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1378 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1379 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1380
1381 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1382 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1383 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1384 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1385
1386 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1387 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1388 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1389 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1390 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1391 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1392
1393 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1394 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1395 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1396 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1397
1398 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1399 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1400 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1401 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1402
1403 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1404
1405 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1406 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1407
1408 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1409 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1410
1411 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1412
1413 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1414
1415 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1416 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1417 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1418 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1419
1420 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1421
1422 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1423 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1424 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1425 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1426
1427 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1428
1429 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1430
1431 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1432 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1433
1434 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1435
1436 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1437 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1438 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1439
1440 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1441
1442 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1443 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1444
1445 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1446 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1447 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1448
1449 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1450 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1451
1452 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1453
1454 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1455 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1456 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1457 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1458 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1459 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1460
1461 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1462 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1463
1464 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1465 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1466
1467 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1468 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1469
1470 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1471
1472 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1473 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1474
1475 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1476 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1477
1478 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1479
1480 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1481 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1482
1483 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1484 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1485 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1486 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1487
1488 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1489
1490 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1491
1492 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1493 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1494
1495 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1496
1497 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1498
1499 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1500
1501 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1502
1503 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1504
1505 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1506
1507 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1508 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1509
1510 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1511
1512 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1513
1514 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1515
1516 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1517
1518 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1519
1520 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1521 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1522
1523 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1524 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1525
1526 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1527 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1528
1529 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1530
1531 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1532
1533 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1534
1535 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1536 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1537
1538 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1539
1540 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1541 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1542
1543 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1544
1545 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1546 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1547
1548 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1549
1550 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1551
1552 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1553 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1554 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1555 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1556 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1557 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1558
1559 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1560
1561 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1562
1563 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1564 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1565
1566 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1567
1568 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1569
1570 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1571
1572 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1573
1574 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1575
1576 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1577
1578 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1579 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1580 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1581
1582 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1583
1584 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1585
1586 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1587
1588 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
1589
1590 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
1591
1592 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1593
1594 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
1595
1596 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
1597
1598 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST,
1599
1600 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
1601 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
1602 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
1603
1604 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD,
1605
1606 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK,
1607
1608 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK,
1609 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK,
1610
1611 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA,
1612 NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA,
1613 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA,
1614
1615 NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP,
1616
1617 NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED,
1618
1619 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING,
1620
1621 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_MLO_RECONF,
1622 NL80211_CMD_EPCS_CFG,
1623
1624 NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION,
1625 NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED,
1626
1627 /* add new commands above here */
1628
1629 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1630 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1631 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1632};
1633
1634/*
1635 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1636 * here
1637 */
1638#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1639#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1640#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1641#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1642#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1643#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1644#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1645#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1646
1647#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1648
1649/* source-level API compatibility */
1650#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1651#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1652#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1653
1654/**
1655 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1656 *
1657 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1658 *
1659 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1660 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1661 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1663 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1664 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1665 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1666 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1667 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1668 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1669 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1670 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1671 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1672 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1673 * operating channel center frequency.
1674 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1675 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1677 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1678 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1679 * this attribute)
1680 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1681 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1682 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1683 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1684 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1685 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1686 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1687 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1688 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1689 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1690 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1691 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1692 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1693 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1694 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1695 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1697 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1698 *
1699 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1700 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1702 *
1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1704 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1705 *
1706 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1707 *
1708 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1709 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1710 * keys
1711 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1712 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1713 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1714 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1715 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1716 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1718 * default management key
1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1720 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1721 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1722 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1723 *
1724 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1726 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1727 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1728 *
1729 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1730 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1731 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1733 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1735 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1736 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1737 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1738 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1739 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1740 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1741 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1742 *
1743 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1744 * consisting of a nested array.
1745 *
1746 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1747 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1748 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1749 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1750 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1751 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1752 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1753 *
1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1755 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1756 *
1757 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1758 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1759 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1760 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1761 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1762 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1763 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1764 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1765 * to a specific alpha2.
1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1767 * rules.
1768 *
1769 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1770 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1771 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1772 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1773 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1774 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1775 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1776 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1777 *
1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1779 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1780 *
1781 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1782 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1783 * of the interface mode.
1784 *
1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1786 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1787 *
1788 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1789 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1790 *
1791 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1792 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1794 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1795 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1796 * that can be added to a scan request
1797 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1798 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1799 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1800 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1801 *
1802 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1804 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1805 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1806 *
1807 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1808 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1809 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1810 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1811 *
1812 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1813 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1814 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1815 *
1816 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1817 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1818 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1819 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1820 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1821 * represented as a u32
1822 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1823 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1824 *
1825 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1826 * a u32
1827 *
1828 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1829 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1830 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1831 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1832 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1834 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1835 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1836 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1837 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1838 *
1839 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1840 * cipher suites
1841 *
1842 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1843 * for other networks on different channels
1844 *
1845 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1846 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1847 *
1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1849 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1850 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1851 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1852 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1853 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1854 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1855 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1856 *
1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1858 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1859 *
1860 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1861 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1862 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1863 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1864 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1865 * default in station mode.
1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1867 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1868 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1869 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1870 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1871 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1872 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1873 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1874 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1875 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1876 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1877 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1878 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1879 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1880 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1881 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1882 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1883 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1884 * frames are not forwarded over the control port.
1885 *
1886 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1887 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1888 *
1889 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1890 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1891 * a local disconnect request.
1892 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1893 * event (u16)
1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1895 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1896 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1897 *
1898 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1899 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1900 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1901 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1902 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1903 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1904 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1905 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1906 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1907 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1908 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1909 *
1910 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1911 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1912 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1913 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1914 *
1915 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1916 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1917 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1918 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1919 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1920 *
1921 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1922 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1924 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1925 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1926 *
1927 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1928 * @NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD: File descriptor of a network namespace.
1929 *
1930 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1931 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1932 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1933 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1934 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1935 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1936 * completely from scratch.
1937 *
1938 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1939 *
1940 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1941 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1942 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1943 *
1944 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1946 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1947 *
1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1949 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1950 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1951 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1952 *
1953 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1954 *
1955 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1956 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1957 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1958 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1959 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1960 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1961 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1962 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1963 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1964 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1965 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
1966 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
1967 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE and
1968 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT.
1969 *
1970 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1971 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1972 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1973 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1974 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1975 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1976 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1977 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1978 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1979 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1980 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1981 *
1982 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1983 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1984 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL: Station's ack signal strength (s32)
1985 *
1986 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1987 *
1988 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1989 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1990 *
1991 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1992 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1993 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1994 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1995 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1996 *
1997 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1998 * connected to this BSS.
1999 *
2000 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
2001 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
2003 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
2004 * for non-automatic settings.
2005 *
2006 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
2007 * means support for per-station GTKs.
2008 *
2009 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
2010 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
2011 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
2012 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
2013 *
2014 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
2015 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
2016 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
2017 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
2018 * a chain has diversity antennas whether diversity should be used or not.
2019 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
2020 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
2021 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive whether to use diversity or not.
2022 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
2023 * support by returning -EINVAL.
2024 *
2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
2026 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
2027 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
2028 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
2029 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
2030 *
2031 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
2032 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
2033 *
2034 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
2035 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
2036 *
2037 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
2038 *
2039 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
2040 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
2041 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
2042 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
2043 * nl80211 capability flag.
2044 *
2045 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
2046 *
2047 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
2048 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
2049 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
2050 *
2051 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
2052 * changed once the mesh is active.
2053 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
2054 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
2055 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
2056 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
2057 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
2058 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
2059 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
2060 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
2061 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
2062 *
2063 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
2064 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
2065 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
2066 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
2067 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
2068 * triggers.
2069 *
2070 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
2071 * cycles, in msecs.
2072 *
2073 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
2074 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
2075 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
2076 * pass-thru filter rules.
2077 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
2078 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
2079 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
2080 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
2081 * able to ignore them by itself.
2082 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
2083 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
2084 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
2085 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
2086 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
2087 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
2088 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
2089 * If omitted, no filtering is done.
2090 *
2091 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
2092 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
2093 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
2094 * If the wiphy uses multiple radios (@NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS is set),
2095 * this attribute contains the interface combinations of the first radio.
2096 * See @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS for the global wiphy
2097 * combinations for the sum of all radios.
2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
2099 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
2100 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
2101 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
2102 *
2103 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
2104 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
2105 *
2106 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
2107 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
2108 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
2109 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
2110 *
2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
2112 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
2113 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
2114 *
2115 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
2116 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
2117 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
2118 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
2119 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
2120 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
2121 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
2122 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
2123 * (Re)Association Request frames.
2124 *
2125 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
2126 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
2127 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
2128 * as AP.
2129 *
2130 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
2131 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
2132 *
2133 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
2134 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
2135 *
2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
2137 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
2138 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
2139 * applications use this attribute.
2140 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
2141 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
2142 *
2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
2144 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
2145 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
2146 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
2147 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
2148 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
2149 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
2150 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
2151 * as a TDLS peer sta.
2152 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
2153 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
2154 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
2155 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
2156 *
2157 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
2158 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
2159 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
2160 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
2161 *
2162 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
2163 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
2164 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
2165 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
2166 *
2167 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
2168 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
2169 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
2170 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
2171 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
2172 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
2173 *
2174 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
2175 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
2176 * to be filled by the FW.
2177 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
2178 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2179 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2180 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
2181 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2182 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2183 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
2184 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2185 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2186 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT: Force EHT capable interfaces to disable
2187 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2188 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2189 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2190 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2191 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2192 * The values that may be configured are:
2193 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
2194 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
2195 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2196 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
2197 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
2198 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2199 * ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2200 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2201 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2202 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
2203 * the station debugfs vht_caps file.
2204 *
2205 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
2206 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
2207 * to one DFS region.
2208 *
2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
2210 * up to 16 TIDs.
2211 *
2212 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
2213 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
2214 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
2215 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
2216 * capability to timeout the stations.
2217 *
2218 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
2219 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
2220 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2221 *
2222 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
2223 * or 0 to disable background scan.
2224 *
2225 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
2226 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
2227 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
2228 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
2229 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
2230 *
2231 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
2232 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
2233 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2234 *
2235 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2236 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2237 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2238 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2239 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2240 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2241 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2242 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2243 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2244 * consistent.
2245 *
2246 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2247 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2248 *
2249 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2250 *
2251 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2252 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2253 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2254 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2255 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2256 * no change is made.
2257 *
2258 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2259 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2260 *
2261 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2262 * carried in a u32 attribute
2263 *
2264 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2265 * MAC ACL.
2266 *
2267 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2268 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2269 * ACL.
2270 *
2271 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2272 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2273 *
2274 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2275 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2276 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2277 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2278 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2279 *
2280 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2281 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2282 *
2283 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2284 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2285 * and PU-APSD.
2286 *
2287 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2288 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2289 *
2290 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2291 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2292 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
2293 *
2294 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2295 *
2296 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2297 * Element
2298 *
2299 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2300 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2301 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2302 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2303 *
2304 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2305 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2306 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2307 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. For S1G interfaces, this is limited to
2308 * 1600 for the current mac80211 implementation.
2309 *
2310 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2311 *
2312 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2313 * until the channel switch event.
2314 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2315 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2316 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
2317 * was requested by the AP.
2318 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2319 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
2320 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2321 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2322 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2323 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2324 *
2325 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2326 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2327 *
2328 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2329 *
2330 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2331 * operating classes.
2332 *
2333 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2334 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2335 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2336 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2337 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2338 * IBSS network.
2339 *
2340 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2341 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2342 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2343 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2344 *
2345 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2346 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
2347 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2348 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2349 * u8 attribute.
2350 *
2351 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2352 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2353 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2354 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2355 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2356 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2357 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
2358 *
2359 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2360 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2361 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2362 *
2363 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2364 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2365 *
2366 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2367 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2368 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2369 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2370 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2371 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2372 *
2373 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2374 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2375 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2376 * supported number of csa counters.
2377 *
2378 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2379 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2380 *
2381 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2382 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2383 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2384 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2385 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2386 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
2387 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2388 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2389 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2390 * cleared when the socket is closed.
2391 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2392 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2393 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2394 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2395 * multicast group.
2396 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2397 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2398 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2399 * torn down when the socket is closed.
2400 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2401 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2402 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2403 * disabled when the socket is closed.
2404 *
2405 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2406 * the TDLS link initiator.
2407 *
2408 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2409 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2410 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2411 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2412 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2413 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2414 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2415 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2416 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2417 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2418 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2419 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2420 *
2421 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2422 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2423 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2424 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2425 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2426 *
2427 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2428 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2429 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2430 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2431 *
2432 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2433 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2434 *
2435 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2436 *
2437 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2438 *
2439 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2440 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2441 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2442 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2443 *
2444 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2445 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2446 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2447 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2448 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2449 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2450 *
2451 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2452 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2453 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2454 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2455 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2456 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2457 * over all channels.
2458 *
2459 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2460 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2461 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2462 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2463 *
2464 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2465 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2466 *
2467 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2468 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2469 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2470 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2471 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2472 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2473 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2474 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2475 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2476 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2477 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2478 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2479 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2480 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2481 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2482 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2483 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2484 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2485 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2486 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2487 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2488 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2489 *
2490 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2491 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2492 *
2493 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2494 *
2495 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2496 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2497 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and
2498 * other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO,
2499 * %NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are
2500 * present.
2501 *
2502 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2503 * groupID for monitor mode.
2504 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2505 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2506 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2507 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2508 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2509 * each group.
2510 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2511 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2512 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2513 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2514 * groupID data.
2515 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2516 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2517 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2518 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2519 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2520 *
2521 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2522 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2523 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2524 * attribute must not be included).
2525 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2526 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2527 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2528 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2529 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2530 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2531 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2532 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2533 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2534 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2535 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2536 *
2537 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2538 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2539 *
2540 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2541 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2542 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2543 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2544 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2545 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2546 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2547 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2548 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2549 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2550 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2551 * the device will decide what to use.
2552 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2553 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2554 * attribute.
2555 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2556 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2557 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2558 * protection.
2559 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2560 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2561 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2562 *
2563 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2564 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2565 *
2566 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2567 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2568 *
2569 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2570 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2571 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2572 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2573 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2574 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2575 * unnecessary wakeups.
2576 *
2577 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2578 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2579 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2580 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2581 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2582 *
2583 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2584 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2585 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2586 *
2587 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2588 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2589 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2590 *
2591 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2592 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2593 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2594 *
2595 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2596 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2597 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2598 *
2599 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2600 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2601 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2602 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2603 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2604 *
2605 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertised by a FILS AP
2606 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2607 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2608 *
2609 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2610 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2611 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2612 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2613 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2614 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2615 * is included as well.
2616 *
2617 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2618 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2619 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2620 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2621 *
2622 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2623 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2624 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2625 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2626 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2627 *
2628 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2629 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2630 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2631 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2632 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2633 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2634 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2635 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2636 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag
2637 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use
2638 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS)
2639 *
2640 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2641 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2642 *
2643 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2644 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2645 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2646 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2647 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2648 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2649 * enforced.
2650 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2651 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2652 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2653 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2654 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2655 *
2656 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2657 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2658 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2659 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2660 *
2661 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2662 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2663 *
2664 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2665 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2666 * invalid value.
2667 *
2668 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2669 * data, uses nested attributes specified in
2670 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2671 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2672 * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2673 *
2674 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2675 * scheduler.
2676 *
2677 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2678 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2679 * possible values.
2680 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2681 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2682 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2683 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2684 * or per-station.
2685 *
2686 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2687 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2688 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2689 *
2690 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2691 *
2692 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2693 * functionality.
2694 *
2695 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2696 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2697 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2698 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2699 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2700 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2701 *
2702 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2703 * (u16).
2704 *
2705 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2706 *
2707 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2708 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2709 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2710 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2711 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2712 * advertised for a specific interface type.
2713 *
2714 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2715 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2716 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2717 * attributes.
2718 *
2719 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2720 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2721 *
2722 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2723 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2724 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2725 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2726 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2727 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2728 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2729 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2730 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2731 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2732 *
2733 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2734 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2735 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2736 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2737 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2738 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2739 * has expired.
2740 *
2741 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2742 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2743 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2744 * disassociation is still forced.
2745 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2746 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2747 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2748 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2749 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2750 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2751 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2752 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2753 *
2754 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2755 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2756 *
2757 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2758 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2759 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty
2760 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates.
2761 *
2762 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2763 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2764 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty
2765 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates.
2766 *
2767 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2768 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2769 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2770 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2771 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2772 *
2773 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
2774 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
2775 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
2776 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
2777 *
2778 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
2779 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
2780 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
2781 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
2782 *
2783 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
2784 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
2785 * is desired.
2786 *
2787 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
2788 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
2789 *
2790 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2791 * until the color switch event.
2792 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
2793 * switching to
2794 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
2795 * information for the time while performing a color switch.
2796 *
2797 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID
2798 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode.
2799 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID
2800 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace.
2801 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID
2802 * parameters.
2803 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details.
2804 *
2805 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements.
2806 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID.
2807 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces.
2808 *
2809 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain
2810 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used
2811 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
2812 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
2813 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
2814 * radar channel.
2815 *
2816 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags,
2817 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be
2818 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request.
2819 *
2820 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from
2821 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2822 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2823 *
2824 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with
2825 * various commands that need a link ID to operate.
2826 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some
2827 * per-link information and a link ID.
2828 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as
2829 * authenticate/associate.
2830 *
2831 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO
2832 * connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not
2833 * included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection.
2834 *
2835 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of
2836 * AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
2837 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this
2838 * attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM
2839 * suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum
2840 * number prior to the introduction of this attribute.
2841 *
2842 * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16)
2843 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16)
2844 *
2845 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in
2846 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2847 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2848 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX
2849 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2850 * the ack TX timestamp.
2851 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in
2852 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2853 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2854 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX
2855 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2856 * the incoming frame RX timestamp.
2857 * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent
2858 * (re)associations.
2859 *
2860 * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest
2861 * bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1
2862 * indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are
2863 * reserved.
2864 *
2865 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS: Maximum number of peers that HW
2866 * timestamping can be enabled for concurrently (u16), a wiphy attribute.
2867 * A value of 0xffff indicates setting for all peers (i.e. not specifying
2868 * an address with %NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP) is supported.
2869 * @NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED: Indicates whether HW timestamping should
2870 * be enabled or not (flag attribute).
2871 *
2872 * @NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS: Optional nested attribute for
2873 * reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements. This attribute can be used
2874 * only when NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA is enabled.
2875 * Userspace is responsible for splitting the RNR into multiple
2876 * elements such that each element excludes the non-transmitting
2877 * profiles already included in the MBSSID element
2878 * (%NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS) at the same index. Each EMA beacon
2879 * will be generated by adding MBSSID and RNR elements at the same
2880 * index. If the userspace includes more RNR elements than number of
2881 * MBSSID elements then these will be added in every EMA beacon.
2882 *
2883 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED: Flag attribute indicating that the link is
2884 * disabled.
2885 *
2886 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA: Include BSS usage data, i.e.
2887 * include BSSes that can only be used in restricted scenarios and/or
2888 * cannot be used at all.
2889 *
2890 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK: Binary attribute specifying the downlink TID to
2891 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link
2892 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element)
2893 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
2894 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK: Binary attribute specifying the uplink TID to
2895 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link
2896 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element)
2897 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
2898 *
2899 * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU: flag attribute used with
2900 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE indicating the SPP A-MSDUs
2901 * are used on this connection
2902 *
2903 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS: Nested attribute describing physical radios
2904 * belonging to this wiphy. See &enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs.
2905 *
2906 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the
2907 * supported interface combinations for all radios combined. In each
2908 * nested item, it contains attributes defined in
2909 * &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
2910 *
2911 * @NL80211_ATTR_VIF_RADIO_MASK: Bitmask of allowed radios (u32).
2912 * A value of 0 means all radios.
2913 *
2914 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_SELECTORS: supported BSS Membership Selectors, array
2915 * of supported selectors as defined by IEEE Std 802.11-2020 9.4.2.3 but
2916 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_SELECTORS).
2917 * This can be used to provide a list of selectors that are implemented
2918 * by the supplicant. If not given, support for SAE_H2E is assumed.
2919 *
2920 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_RECONF_REM_LINKS: (u16) A bitmask of the links requested
2921 * to be removed from the MLO association.
2922 *
2923 * @NL80211_ATTR_EPCS: Flag attribute indicating that EPCS is enabled for a
2924 * station interface.
2925 *
2926 * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_MLD_EXT_CAPA_OPS: Extended MLD capabilities and
2927 * operations that userspace implements to use during association/ML
2928 * link reconfig, currently only "BTM MLD Recommendation For Multiple
2929 * APs Support". Drivers may set additional flags that they support
2930 * in the kernel or device.
2931 *
2932 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIO_INDEX: (int) Integer attribute denoting the index
2933 * of the radio in interest. Internally a value of -1 is used to
2934 * indicate that the radio id is not given in user-space. This means
2935 * that all the attributes are applicable to all the radios. If there is
2936 * a radio index provided in user-space, the attributes will be
2937 * applicable to that specific radio only. If the radio id is greater
2938 * thank the number of radios, error denoting invalid value is returned.
2939 *
2940 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD: (u8) Integer attribute that represents
2941 * the number of beacon intervals between each long beacon transmission
2942 * for an S1G BSS with short beaconing enabled. This is a required
2943 * attribute for initialising an S1G short beaconing BSS. When updating
2944 * the short beacon data, this is not required. It has a minimum value of
2945 * 2 (i.e 2 beacon intervals).
2946 *
2947 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_SHORT_BEACON: Nested attribute containing the short beacon
2948 * head and tail used to set or update the short beacon templates. When
2949 * bringing up a new interface, %NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD is
2950 * required alongside this attribute. Refer to
2951 * @enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs for the attribute definitions.
2952 *
2953 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_PARAM: nested attribute used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY
2954 * which indicates which BSS parameters can be modified. The attribute can
2955 * also be used as flag attribute by user-space in %NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS to
2956 * indicate that it wants strict checking on the BSS parameters to be
2957 * modified.
2958 *
2959 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG: Nested attribute for
2960 * extended NAN cluster configuration. This is used with
2961 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG.
2962 * See &enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes for details.
2963 * This attribute is optional.
2964 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NEW_CLUSTER: Flag attribute indicating that a new
2965 * NAN cluster has been created. This is used with
2966 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED
2967 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CAPABILITIES: Nested attribute for NAN capabilities.
2968 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY to indicate the NAN
2969 * capabilities supported by the driver. See &enum nl80211_nan_capabilities
2970 * for details.
2971 *
2972 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_PRIMARY_2MHZ: flag attribute indicating that the S1G
2973 * primary channel is 2 MHz wide, and the control channel designates
2974 * the 1 MHz primary subchannel within that 2 MHz primary.
2975 *
2976 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2977 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2978 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2979 */
2980enum nl80211_attrs {
2981/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2982 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2983
2984 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2985 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2986
2987 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2988 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2989 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2990
2991 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2992
2993 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2994 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2995 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2996 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2997 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2998
2999 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3000 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
3001 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
3002 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
3003
3004 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
3005 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
3006 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
3007 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
3008 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
3009 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
3010
3011 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
3012
3013 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
3014
3015 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
3016 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
3017 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
3018 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
3019
3020 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
3021 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3022 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3023
3024 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
3025
3026 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
3027
3028 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
3029 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
3030
3031 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
3032
3033 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
3034
3035 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
3036 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
3037 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
3038
3039 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
3040
3041 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
3042 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
3043
3044 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
3045
3046 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
3047 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
3048 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
3049 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
3050
3051 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
3052 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
3053
3054 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
3055
3056 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
3057 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
3058 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
3059 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
3060
3061 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
3062
3063 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
3064 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
3065
3066 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
3067 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
3068
3069 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
3070
3071
3072 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
3073 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
3074 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
3075 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
3076
3077 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
3078
3079 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
3080
3081 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
3082
3083 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
3084
3085 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
3086
3087 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
3088
3089 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
3090 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
3091
3092 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
3093 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
3094 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
3095 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
3096
3097 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
3098 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
3099
3100 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
3101
3102 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
3103 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
3104
3105 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
3106
3107 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
3108
3109 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
3110
3111 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
3112 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
3113
3114 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
3115
3116 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
3117
3118 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
3119
3120 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
3121
3122 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
3123
3124 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
3125
3126 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
3127
3128 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
3129
3130 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
3131
3132 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
3133
3134 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3135 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
3136
3137 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
3138 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
3139 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
3140
3141 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
3142 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
3143
3144 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
3145
3146 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
3147 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
3148
3149 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
3150
3151 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
3152
3153 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
3154
3155 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
3156
3157 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
3158
3159 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
3160
3161 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
3162 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
3163
3164 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
3165 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
3166
3167 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
3168 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
3169
3170 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
3171
3172 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
3173 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
3174
3175 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
3176
3177 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
3178 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
3179
3180 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
3181
3182 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
3183
3184 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
3185 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
3186
3187 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
3188 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
3189
3190 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
3191
3192 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
3193 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
3194
3195 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
3196
3197 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
3198
3199 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
3200 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
3201 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
3202 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
3203 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
3204
3205 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
3206
3207 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
3208
3209 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
3210
3211 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
3212
3213 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
3214
3215 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
3216
3217 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
3218 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3219
3220 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
3221
3222 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
3223
3224 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
3225
3226 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
3227
3228 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
3229
3230 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
3231
3232 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
3233
3234 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
3235
3236 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
3237
3238 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
3239
3240 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
3241 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
3242 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
3243
3244 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
3245 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
3246
3247 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
3248
3249 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
3250
3251 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
3252
3253 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
3254
3255 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
3256
3257 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
3258 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
3259
3260 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
3261 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
3262
3263 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
3264 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
3265
3266 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
3267 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3268
3269 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
3270 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
3271
3272 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
3273 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
3274
3275 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
3276
3277 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
3278
3279 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
3280 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
3281 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
3282 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
3283 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
3284
3285 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
3286
3287 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
3288
3289 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
3290
3291 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
3292
3293 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
3294 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
3295
3296 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
3297
3298 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
3299 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
3300 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
3301 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
3302
3303 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
3304
3305 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
3306 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
3307
3308 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
3309
3310 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
3311
3312 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
3313
3314 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
3315 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
3316
3317 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
3318
3319 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
3320
3321 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
3322
3323 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
3324 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
3325 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
3326
3327 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
3328
3329 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
3330
3331 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
3332
3333 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
3334
3335 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
3336
3337 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
3338
3339 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
3340
3341 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
3342
3343 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
3344
3345 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3346 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
3347 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
3348 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3349
3350 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
3351
3352 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
3353
3354 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
3355
3356 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
3357
3358 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
3359
3360 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
3361 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
3362
3363 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
3364 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
3365 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
3366 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
3367
3368 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
3369
3370 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
3371 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
3372 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
3373 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
3374
3375 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
3376 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
3377
3378 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
3379
3380 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
3381
3382 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3383 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
3384
3385 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
3386
3387 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
3388 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
3389 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
3390 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
3391 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
3392
3393 NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
3394
3395 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
3396 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
3397
3398 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
3399 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
3400 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
3401
3402 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
3403 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
3404
3405 NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
3406 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
3407
3408 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
3409
3410 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
3411 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
3412 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
3413 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
3414
3415 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
3416
3417 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
3418
3419 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
3420
3421 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
3422
3423 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
3424
3425 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3426 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3427 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
3428
3429 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
3430
3431 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
3432
3433 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
3434
3435 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3436 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3437
3438 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
3439
3440 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
3441
3442 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
3443
3444 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
3445
3446 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
3447
3448 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
3449 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
3450
3451 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
3452 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
3453 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
3454 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
3455
3456 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
3457
3458 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
3459
3460 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
3461
3462 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
3463 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3464
3465 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
3466
3467 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
3468
3469 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
3470
3471 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,
3472
3473 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
3474
3475 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT,
3476 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR,
3477 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS,
3478
3479 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG,
3480 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
3481
3482 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
3483
3484 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS,
3485
3486 NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY,
3487
3488 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT,
3489
3490 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS,
3491 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID,
3492 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR,
3493
3494 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT,
3495
3496 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES,
3497
3498 NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY,
3499 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS,
3500
3501 NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3502 NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3503 NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP,
3504
3505 NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP,
3506
3507 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS,
3508 NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED,
3509
3510 NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS,
3511
3512 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED,
3513
3514 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA,
3515
3516 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK,
3517 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK,
3518
3519 NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU,
3520
3521 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS,
3522 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
3523
3524 NL80211_ATTR_VIF_RADIO_MASK,
3525
3526 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_SELECTORS,
3527
3528 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_RECONF_REM_LINKS,
3529 NL80211_ATTR_EPCS,
3530
3531 NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_MLD_EXT_CAPA_OPS,
3532
3533 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIO_INDEX,
3534
3535 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD,
3536 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_SHORT_BEACON,
3537 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_PARAM,
3538 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG,
3539 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NEW_CLUSTER,
3540 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CAPABILITIES,
3541
3542 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_PRIMARY_2MHZ,
3543
3544 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3545
3546 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3547 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3548 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3549};
3550
3551/* source-level API compatibility */
3552#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3553#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3554#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3555#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3556#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3557#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3558
3559/*
3560 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3561 * here
3562 */
3563#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3564#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3565#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3566#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3567#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3568#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3569#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3570#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3571#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3572#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3573#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3574#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3575#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3576#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3577#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3578#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3579#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3580#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3581#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3582#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3583#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3584
3585#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
3586
3587#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
3588#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_SELECTORS 128
3589#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
3590#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
3591#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
3592#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
3593#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
3594#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
3595#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
3596#define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
3597#define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
3598#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
3599
3600/*
3601 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES
3602 * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response.
3603 */
3604#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
3605#define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 13
3606#define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51
3607
3608#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
3609
3610/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3611#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
3612
3613#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
3614
3615/**
3616 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3617 *
3618 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3619 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3620 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3621 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3622 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3623 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3624 * AP type interface.
3625 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3626 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3627 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3628 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3629 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3630 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3631 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3632 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3633 * commands to create and destroy one
3634 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3635 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3636 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3637 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3638 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3639 *
3640 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3641 * to set the type of an interface.
3642 *
3643 */
3644enum nl80211_iftype {
3645 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
3646 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
3647 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
3648 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
3649 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
3650 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
3651 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
3652 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
3653 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
3654 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
3655 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
3656 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
3657 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
3658
3659 /* keep last */
3660 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
3661 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
3662};
3663
3664/**
3665 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3666 *
3667 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3668 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3669 *
3670 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3671 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3672 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3673 * with short barker preamble
3674 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3675 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3676 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3677 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3678 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3679 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3680 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3681 * as errors.)
3682 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3683 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3684 * previously added station into associated state
3685 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU: station supports SPP A-MSDUs
3686 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3687 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3688 */
3689enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3690 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3691 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3692 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3693 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3694 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3695 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3696 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3697 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3698 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU,
3699
3700 /* keep last */
3701 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3702 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3703};
3704
3705/**
3706 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3707 *
3708 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3709 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3710 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3711 */
3712enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3713 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3714 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3715
3716 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3717};
3718
3719#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3720
3721/**
3722 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3723 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3724 * @set: which values to set them to
3725 *
3726 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3727 */
3728struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3729 __u32 mask;
3730 __u32 set;
3731} __attribute__((packed));
3732
3733/**
3734 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3735 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3736 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3737 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3738 */
3739enum nl80211_he_gi {
3740 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3741 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3742 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3743};
3744
3745/**
3746 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3747 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF: 3.2 usec
3748 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF: 6.4 usec
3749 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF: 12.8 usec
3750 */
3751enum nl80211_he_ltf {
3752 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
3753 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
3754 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
3755};
3756
3757/**
3758 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3759 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3760 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3761 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3762 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3763 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3764 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3765 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3766 */
3767enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3768 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3769 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3770 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3771 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3772 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3773 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3774 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3775};
3776
3777/**
3778 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval
3779 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3780 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3781 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3782 */
3783enum nl80211_eht_gi {
3784 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8,
3785 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6,
3786 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2,
3787};
3788
3789/**
3790 * enum nl80211_eht_ltf - EHT long training field
3791 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_1XLTF: 3.2 usec
3792 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_2XLTF: 6.4 usec
3793 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_4XLTF: 12.8 usec
3794 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_6XLTF: 19.2 usec
3795 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_8XLTF: 25.6 usec
3796 */
3797enum nl80211_eht_ltf {
3798 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_1XLTF,
3799 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_2XLTF,
3800 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_4XLTF,
3801 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_6XLTF,
3802 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_8XLTF,
3803};
3804
3805/**
3806 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values
3807 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3808 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3809 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation
3810 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3811 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation
3812 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3813 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3814 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation
3815 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3816 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation
3817 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation
3818 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3819 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation
3820 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation
3821 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation
3822 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation
3823 */
3824enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc {
3825 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26,
3826 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52,
3827 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26,
3828 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106,
3829 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26,
3830 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242,
3831 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484,
3832 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242,
3833 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996,
3834 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484,
3835 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242,
3836 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3837 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484,
3838 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996,
3839 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484,
3840 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996,
3841};
3842
3843/**
3844 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3845 *
3846 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3847 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3848 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3849 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3850 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3851 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3852 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3853 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3854 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3855 *
3856 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3857 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3858 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3859 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3860 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3861 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3862 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3863 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3864 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3865 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3866 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3867 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3868 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3869 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3870 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3871 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
3872 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3873 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3874 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3875 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3876 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3877 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3878 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3879 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3880 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3881 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3882 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate
3883 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15)
3884 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3885 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier
3886 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
3887 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then
3888 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc)
3889 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS: S1G MCS index (u8, 0-10)
3890 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS: S1G NSS value (u8, 1-4)
3891 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH: 1 MHz S1G rate
3892 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH: 2 MHz S1G rate
3893 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH: 4 MHz S1G rate
3894 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH: 8 MHz S1G rate
3895 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH: 16 MHz S1G rate
3896 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3897 */
3898enum nl80211_rate_info {
3899 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3900 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3901 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3902 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3903 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3904 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3905 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3906 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3907 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3908 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3909 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3910 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3911 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3912 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3913 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3914 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3915 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3916 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3917 NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH,
3918 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS,
3919 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS,
3920 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI,
3921 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC,
3922 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS,
3923 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS,
3924 NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH,
3925 NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH,
3926 NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH,
3927 NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH,
3928 NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH,
3929
3930 /* keep last */
3931 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3932 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3933};
3934
3935/**
3936 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3937 *
3938 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3939 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3940 *
3941 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3942 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3943 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
3944 * (flag)
3945 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
3946 * (flag)
3947 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3948 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3949 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3950 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3951 */
3952enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3953 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3954 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3955 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3956 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3957 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3958 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3959
3960 /* keep last */
3961 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3962 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3963};
3964
3965/**
3966 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3967 *
3968 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3969 * when getting information about a station.
3970 *
3971 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3972 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3973 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3974 * (u32, from this station)
3975 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3976 * (u32, to this station)
3977 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3978 * (u64, from this station)
3979 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3980 * (u64, to this station)
3981 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3982 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3983 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3984 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3985 * (u32, from this station)
3986 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3987 * (u32, to this station)
3988 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3989 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3990 * (u32, to this station)
3991 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3992 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3993 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3994 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3995 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3996 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3997 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3998 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3999 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
4000 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
4001 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
4002 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
4003 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
4004 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
4005 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
4006 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
4007 * non-peer STA
4008 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
4009 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
4010 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
4011 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
4012 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also
4013 * the 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
4014 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
4015 * (u64)
4016 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
4017 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
4018 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
4019 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
4020 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
4021 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
4022 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
4023 * attributes carrying the actual values.
4024 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
4025 * received from the station (u64, usec)
4026 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4027 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
4028 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
4029 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
4030 * (u32, from this station)
4031 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
4032 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
4033 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
4034 * might not be fully accurate.
4035 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
4036 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
4037 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
4038 * sent to the station (u64, usec)
4039 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
4040 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
4041 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
4042 * of STA's association
4043 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
4044 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
4045 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
4046 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
4047 */
4048enum nl80211_sta_info {
4049 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
4050 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
4051 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
4052 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
4053 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
4054 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
4055 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
4056 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
4057 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
4058 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
4059 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
4060 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
4061 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
4062 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
4063 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
4064 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
4065 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
4066 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
4067 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
4068 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
4069 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
4070 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
4071 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
4072 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
4073 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
4074 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4075 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
4076 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
4077 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
4078 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
4079 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
4080 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
4081 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
4082 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
4083 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
4084 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
4085 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
4086 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
4087 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4088 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
4089 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
4090 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
4091 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
4092 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
4093
4094 /* keep last */
4095 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4096 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4097};
4098
4099/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
4100#define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
4101
4102
4103/**
4104 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
4105 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4106 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
4107 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
4108 * attempted to transmit; u64)
4109 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
4110 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
4111 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
4112 * MSDUs (u64)
4113 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4114 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
4115 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
4116 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
4117 */
4118enum nl80211_tid_stats {
4119 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
4120 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
4121 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
4122 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
4123 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
4124 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
4125 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
4126
4127 /* keep last */
4128 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
4129 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
4130};
4131
4132/**
4133 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
4134 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4135 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
4136 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
4137 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
4138 * backlogged
4139 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
4140 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
4141 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
4142 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
4143 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
4144 * (only for per-phy stats)
4145 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
4146 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
4147 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
4148 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
4149 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
4150 */
4151enum nl80211_txq_stats {
4152 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
4153 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
4154 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
4155 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
4156 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
4157 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
4158 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
4159 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
4160 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
4161 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
4162 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
4163 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
4164
4165 /* keep last */
4166 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
4167 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
4168};
4169
4170/**
4171 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
4172 *
4173 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
4174 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
4175 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
4176 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
4177 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
4178 */
4179enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
4180 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
4181 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
4182 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
4183 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
4184 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
4185};
4186
4187/**
4188 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
4189 *
4190 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
4191 * information about a mesh path.
4192 *
4193 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4194 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
4195 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
4196 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
4197 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
4198 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
4199 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
4200 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
4201 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
4202 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
4203 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
4204 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
4205 * currently defined
4206 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4207 */
4208enum nl80211_mpath_info {
4209 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
4210 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
4211 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
4212 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
4213 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
4214 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
4215 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4216 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
4217 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
4218 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
4219
4220 /* keep last */
4221 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4222 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4223};
4224
4225/**
4226 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
4227 *
4228 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4229 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
4230 * for each interface type that supports the band data
4231 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
4232 * capabilities IE
4233 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
4234 * capabilities IE
4235 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
4236 * capabilities IE
4237 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
4238 * defined in HE capabilities IE
4239 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
4240 * given for all 6 GHz band channels
4241 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
4242 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
4243 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT
4244 * capabilities element
4245 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT
4246 * capabilities element
4247 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT
4248 * capabilities element
4249 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as
4250 * defined in EHT capabilities element
4251 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4252 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4253 */
4254enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
4255 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
4256
4257 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
4258 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
4259 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
4260 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
4261 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
4262 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
4263 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS,
4264 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC,
4265 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY,
4266 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET,
4267 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE,
4268
4269 /* keep last */
4270 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4271 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4272};
4273
4274/**
4275 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
4276 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4277 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
4278 * an array of nested frequency attributes
4279 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
4280 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
4281 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4282 * defined in 802.11n
4283 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4284 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
4285 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
4286 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4287 * defined in 802.11ac
4288 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4289 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
4290 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
4291 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
4292 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
4293 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
4294 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
4295 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
4296 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
4297 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET: S1G capabilities, supported S1G-MCS and NSS
4298 * set subfield, as in the S1G information IE, 5 bytes
4299 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA: S1G capabilities information subfield as in the
4300 * S1G information IE, 10 bytes
4301 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4302 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4303 */
4304enum nl80211_band_attr {
4305 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
4306 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
4307 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
4308
4309 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
4310 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
4311 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
4312 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
4313
4314 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
4315 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
4316 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
4317
4318 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
4319 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
4320
4321 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET,
4322 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA,
4323
4324 /* keep last */
4325 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4326 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4327};
4328
4329#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
4330
4331/**
4332 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
4333 *
4334 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4335 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
4336 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
4337 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
4338 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
4339 * @NL80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
4340 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
4341 */
4342enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
4343 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
4344 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
4345 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
4346 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
4347 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
4348
4349 /* keep last */
4350 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
4351 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
4352};
4353
4354/**
4355 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
4356 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4357 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
4358 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
4359 * regulatory domain.
4360 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
4361 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
4362 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
4363 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as _NO_IR
4364 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
4365 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4366 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
4367 * (100 * dBm).
4368 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
4369 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
4370 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in milliseconds for how long
4371 * this channel is in this DFS state.
4372 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
4373 * channel as the control channel
4374 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
4375 * channel as the control channel
4376 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
4377 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
4378 * this includes 80+80 channels
4379 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
4380 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
4381 * isn't possible
4382 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4383 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
4384 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
4385 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
4386 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
4387 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
4388 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
4389 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
4390 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
4391 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
4392 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
4393 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
4394 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
4395 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
4396 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
4397 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
4398 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
4399 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
4400 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
4401 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4402 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
4403 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4404 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
4405 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
4406 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
4407 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
4408 * in current regulatory domain.
4409 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4410 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
4411 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4412 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
4413 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4414 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
4415 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4416 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
4417 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4418 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
4419 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4420 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel
4421 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible
4422 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel
4423 * in current regulatory domain.
4424 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) that
4425 * is allowed on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4426 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is
4427 * allowed for peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control
4428 * of a DFS master which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01
4429 * Section B.3). Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only.
4430 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP
4431 * not allowed using this channel
4432 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP
4433 * not allowed using this channel
4434 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used in monitor
4435 * mode despite other (regulatory) restrictions, even if the channel is
4436 * otherwise completely disabled.
4437 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: This channel can be used for a
4438 * very low power (VLP) AP, despite being NO_IR.
4439 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: This channel can be active in
4440 * 20 MHz bandwidth, despite being NO_IR.
4441 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is not allowed on this
4442 * channel in current regulatory domain.
4443 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is not allowed on this
4444 * channel in current regulatory domain.
4445 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is not allowed on this
4446 * channel in current regulatory domain.
4447 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
4448 * currently defined
4449 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4450 *
4451 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
4452 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
4453 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
4454 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
4455 */
4456enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
4457 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
4458 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
4459 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
4460 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
4461 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
4462 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
4463 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
4464 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
4465 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
4466 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
4467 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
4468 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
4469 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
4470 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4471 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
4472 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
4473 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
4474 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
4475 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
4476 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
4477 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
4478 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
4479 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
4480 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
4481 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
4482 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
4483 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ,
4484 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT,
4485 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD,
4486 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT,
4487 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT,
4488 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT,
4489 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR,
4490 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP,
4491 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY,
4492 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_4MHZ,
4493 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_8MHZ,
4494 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_16MHZ,
4495
4496 /* keep last */
4497 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4498 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4499};
4500
4501#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
4502#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4503#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4504#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4505#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
4506 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4507#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT \
4508 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT
4509#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT \
4510 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT
4511
4512/**
4513 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
4514 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4515 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
4516 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
4517 * in 2.4 GHz band.
4518 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
4519 * currently defined
4520 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4521 */
4522enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
4523 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
4524 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
4525 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
4526
4527 /* keep last */
4528 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4529 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4530};
4531
4532/**
4533 * enum nl80211_reg_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
4534 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
4535 * regulatory domain.
4536 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
4537 * regulatory domain.
4538 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
4539 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
4540 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
4541 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
4542 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
4543 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
4544 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
4545 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
4546 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
4547 */
4548enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
4549 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
4550 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
4551 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
4552 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
4553};
4554
4555/**
4556 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
4557 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
4558 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
4559 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
4560 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
4561 * domain.
4562 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
4563 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
4564 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
4565 * them to be applied.
4566 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
4567 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
4568 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
4569 * domain request to be processed.
4570 */
4571enum nl80211_reg_type {
4572 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
4573 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
4574 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
4575 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
4576};
4577
4578/**
4579 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
4580 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4581 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
4582 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
4583 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
4584 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
4585 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
4586 * band edge.
4587 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
4588 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
4589 * band edge.
4590 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
4591 * frequency range, in KHz.
4592 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
4593 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
4594 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
4595 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
4596 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
4597 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4598 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
4599 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD: power spectral density (in dBm).
4600 * This could be negative.
4601 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
4602 * currently defined
4603 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4604 */
4605enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
4606 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
4607 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
4608
4609 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
4610 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
4611 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
4612
4613 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
4614 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
4615
4616 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4617
4618 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD,
4619
4620 /* keep last */
4621 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4622 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4623};
4624
4625/**
4626 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
4627 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4628 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
4629 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
4630 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
4631 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
4632 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
4633 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
4634 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
4635 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
4636 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
4637 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
4638 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
4639 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
4640 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
4641 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
4642 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4643 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4644 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4645 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4646 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
4647 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
4648 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Obsolete
4649 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
4650 * attribute number currently defined
4651 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4652 */
4653enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
4654 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
4655
4656 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
4657 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
4658 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4659 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
4660 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
4661 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, /* obsolete */
4662
4663 /* keep last */
4664 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4665 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
4666 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4667};
4668
4669/* only for backward compatibility */
4670#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
4671
4672/**
4673 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
4674 *
4675 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
4676 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
4677 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
4678 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
4679 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
4680 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
4681 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
4682 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
4683 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
4684 * beaconing.
4685 * @__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as NO_IR
4686 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
4687 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
4688 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
4689 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4690 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4691 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4692 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4693 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4694 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4695 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed
4696 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT: EHT operation not allowed
4697 * @NL80211_RRF_PSD: Ruleset has power spectral density value
4698 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is allowed for
4699 * peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control of a DFS master
4700 * which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 Section B.3).
4701 * Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only.
4702 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP not allowed
4703 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP not allowed
4704 * @NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Very low power (VLP) AP can be permitted
4705 * despite NO_IR configuration.
4706 * @NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: Allow activity in 20 MHz bandwidth,
4707 * despite NO_IR configuration.
4708 */
4709enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
4710 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1 << 0,
4711 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1 << 1,
4712 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1 << 2,
4713 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1 << 3,
4714 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1 << 4,
4715 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1 << 5,
4716 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1 << 6,
4717 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1 << 7,
4718 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1 << 8,
4719 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1 << 11,
4720 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1 << 12,
4721 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1 << 13,
4722 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1 << 14,
4723 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1 << 15,
4724 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1 << 16,
4725 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1 << 17,
4726 NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ = 1 << 18,
4727 NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT = 1 << 19,
4728 NL80211_RRF_PSD = 1 << 20,
4729 NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT = 1 << 21,
4730 NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = 1 << 22,
4731 NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = 1 << 23,
4732 NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP = 1 << 24,
4733 NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY = 1 << 25,
4734};
4735
4736#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4737#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4738#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4739#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
4740 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
4741#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
4742#define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT
4743#define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT
4744
4745/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
4746#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
4747
4748/**
4749 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
4750 *
4751 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
4752 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
4753 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
4754 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
4755 */
4756enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
4757 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
4758 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
4759 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
4760 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
4761};
4762
4763/**
4764 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
4765 *
4766 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
4767 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
4768 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
4769 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
4770 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
4771 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
4772 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
4773 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4774 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
4775 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4776 * supported feature.
4777 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4778 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4779 */
4780enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
4781 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
4782 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
4783 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
4784};
4785
4786/**
4787 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4788 *
4789 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4790 * when getting information about a survey.
4791 *
4792 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4793 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4794 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4795 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4796 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4797 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
4798 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4799 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4800 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4801 * channel was sensed busy
4802 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4803 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
4804 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4805 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4806 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4807 * (on this channel or globally)
4808 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4809 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4810 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4811 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4812 * currently defined
4813 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
4814 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4815 */
4816enum nl80211_survey_info {
4817 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
4818 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
4819 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
4820 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
4821 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
4822 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
4823 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
4824 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
4825 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
4826 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
4827 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
4828 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
4829 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4830
4831 /* keep last */
4832 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4833 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4834};
4835
4836/* keep old names for compatibility */
4837#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4838#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4839#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4840#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4841#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4842
4843/**
4844 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4845 *
4846 * Monitor configuration flags.
4847 *
4848 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4849 *
4850 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4851 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4852 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4853 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4854 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: deprecated
4855 * will unconditionally be refused
4856 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4857 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4858 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX: do not pass local tx packets
4859 *
4860 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4861 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4862 */
4863enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
4864 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
4865 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
4866 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
4867 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
4868 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
4869 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
4870 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
4871 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX,
4872
4873 /* keep last */
4874 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
4875 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
4876};
4877
4878/**
4879 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4880 *
4881 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4882 * not known or has not been set yet.
4883 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4884 * in Awake state all the time.
4885 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4886 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4887 * neighbor's beacons.
4888 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4889 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4890 * for neighbor's beacons.
4891 *
4892 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4893 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX: highest possible power save level
4894 */
4895
4896enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
4897 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
4898 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
4899 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
4900 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
4901
4902 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
4903 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
4904};
4905
4906/**
4907 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4908 *
4909 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4910 * active.
4911 *
4912 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4913 *
4914 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4915 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4916 *
4917 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4918 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4919 *
4920 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4921 * millisecond units
4922 *
4923 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4924 * on this mesh interface
4925 *
4926 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4927 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4928 * mesh
4929 *
4930 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4931 * point.
4932 *
4933 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4934 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4935 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4936 * set.
4937 *
4938 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4939 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4940 * target)
4941 *
4942 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4943 * (in milliseconds)
4944 *
4945 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4946 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4947 *
4948 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4949 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4950 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4951 *
4952 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4953 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4954 * reference element
4955 *
4956 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4957 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4958 * mesh
4959 *
4960 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4961 *
4962 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4963 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
4964 *
4965 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4966 * root announcements are transmitted.
4967 *
4968 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4969 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
4970 * Announcement frames.
4971 *
4972 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4973 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4974 * PERR element.
4975 *
4976 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4977 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4978 *
4979 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4980 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4981 * a peer link.
4982 *
4983 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4984 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4985 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
4986 *
4987 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4988 *
4989 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4990 *
4991 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4992 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4993 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4994 *
4995 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4996 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4997 *
4998 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4999 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
5000 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
5001 *
5002 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
5003 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
5004 *
5005 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
5006 *
5007 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
5008 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
5009 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
5010 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
5011 *
5012 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
5013 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
5014 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
5015 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
5016 *
5017 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
5018 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
5019 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
5020 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
5021 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
5022 *
5023 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
5024 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
5025 * in the mesh formation field.
5026 *
5027 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5028 */
5029enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
5030 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
5031 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
5032 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
5033 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
5034 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
5035 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
5036 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
5037 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
5038 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
5039 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
5040 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
5041 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
5042 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
5043 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
5044 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
5045 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
5046 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
5047 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
5048 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
5049 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
5050 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
5051 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
5052 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
5053 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
5054 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
5055 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
5056 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
5057 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
5058 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
5059 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
5060 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
5061 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
5062
5063 /* keep last */
5064 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5065 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5066};
5067
5068/**
5069 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
5070 *
5071 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
5072 * changed while the mesh is active.
5073 *
5074 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
5075 *
5076 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
5077 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
5078 * default HWMP.
5079 *
5080 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
5081 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
5082 * metric.
5083 *
5084 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
5085 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
5086 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
5087 * metrics in use.
5088 *
5089 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
5090 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
5091 *
5092 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
5093 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
5094 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
5095 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
5096 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
5097 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
5098 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
5099 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
5100 * userspace daemon.
5101 *
5102 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
5103 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
5104 * neighbor offset synchronization
5105 *
5106 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
5107 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
5108 *
5109 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
5110 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
5111 * Default is no authentication method required.
5112 *
5113 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
5114 *
5115 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
5116 */
5117enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
5118 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
5119 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
5120 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
5121 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
5122 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
5123 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
5124 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
5125 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
5126 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
5127
5128 /* keep last */
5129 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5130 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5131};
5132
5133/**
5134 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
5135 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
5136 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
5137 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
5138 * disabled
5139 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
5140 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
5141 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
5142 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
5143 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
5144 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
5145 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
5146 */
5147enum nl80211_txq_attr {
5148 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
5149 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
5150 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
5151 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
5152 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
5153 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
5154
5155 /* keep last */
5156 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5157 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5158};
5159
5160enum nl80211_ac {
5161 NL80211_AC_VO,
5162 NL80211_AC_VI,
5163 NL80211_AC_BE,
5164 NL80211_AC_BK,
5165 NL80211_NUM_ACS
5166};
5167
5168/* backward compat */
5169#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
5170#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
5171#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
5172#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
5173#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
5174
5175/**
5176 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
5177 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
5178 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
5179 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
5180 * below the control channel
5181 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
5182 * above the control channel
5183 */
5184enum nl80211_channel_type {
5185 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
5186 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
5187 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
5188 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
5189};
5190
5191/**
5192 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
5193 *
5194 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
5195 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
5196 *
5197 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
5198 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
5199 *
5200 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
5201 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
5202 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
5203 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
5204 * the preferred Tx key for the station.
5205 */
5206enum nl80211_key_mode {
5207 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
5208 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
5209 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
5210};
5211
5212/**
5213 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
5214 *
5215 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
5216 * attribute.
5217 *
5218 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
5219 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
5220 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5221 * attribute must be provided as well
5222 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5223 * attribute must be provided as well
5224 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5225 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
5226 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5227 * attribute must be provided as well
5228 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
5229 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
5230 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
5231 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
5232 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
5233 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
5234 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
5235 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5236 * attribute must be provided as well
5237 */
5238enum nl80211_chan_width {
5239 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
5240 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5241 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
5242 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
5243 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
5244 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
5245 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
5246 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
5247 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
5248 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
5249 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
5250 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
5251 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
5252 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320,
5253};
5254
5255/**
5256 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
5257 *
5258 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
5259 *
5260 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
5261 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
5262 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
5263 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
5264 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
5265 */
5266enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
5267 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5268 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
5269 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
5270 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
5271 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
5272};
5273
5274/**
5275 * enum nl80211_bss_use_for - bitmap indicating possible BSS use
5276 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL: Use this BSS for normal "connection",
5277 * including IBSS/MBSS depending on the type.
5278 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK: This BSS can be used as a link in an
5279 * MLO connection. Note that for an MLO connection, all links including
5280 * the assoc link must have this flag set, and the assoc link must
5281 * additionally have %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL set.
5282 */
5283enum nl80211_bss_use_for {
5284 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL = 1 << 0,
5285 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK = 1 << 1,
5286};
5287
5288/**
5289 * enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons - reason(s) connection to a
5290 * BSS isn't possible
5291 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: NSTR nonprimary links aren't
5292 * supported by the device, and this BSS entry represents one.
5293 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH: STA is not supporting
5294 * the AP power type (SP, VLP, AP) that the AP uses.
5295 */
5296enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons {
5297 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = 1 << 0,
5298 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH = 1 << 1,
5299};
5300
5301#define NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_UHB_PWR_MISMATCH \
5302 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH
5303
5304/**
5305 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
5306 *
5307 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
5308 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
5309 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
5310 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
5311 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
5312 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
5313 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
5314 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
5315 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
5316 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
5317 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
5318 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
5319 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
5320 * they are from a Beacon frame.
5321 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
5322 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
5323 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
5324 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
5325 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
5326 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
5327 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
5328 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
5329 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
5330 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
5331 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
5332 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
5333 * yet been received
5334 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
5335 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) - No longer used!
5336 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
5337 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
5338 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
5339 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
5340 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
5341 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
5342 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
5343 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
5344 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
5345 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
5346 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
5347 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
5348 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
5349 * is set.
5350 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
5351 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
5352 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
5353 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
5354 * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8).
5355 * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it.
5356 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR: u32 bitmap attribute indicating what the BSS can be
5357 * used for, see &enum nl80211_bss_use_for.
5358 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS: Indicates the reason that this BSS cannot
5359 * be used for all or some of the possible uses by the device reporting it,
5360 * even though its presence was detected.
5361 * This is a u64 attribute containing a bitmap of values from
5362 * &enum nl80211_cannot_use_reasons, note that the attribute may be missing
5363 * if no reasons are specified.
5364 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
5365 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
5366 */
5367enum nl80211_bss {
5368 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
5369 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
5370 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
5371 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
5372 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
5373 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
5374 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
5375 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
5376 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
5377 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
5378 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
5379 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
5380 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
5381 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
5382 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
5383 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
5384 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
5385 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5386 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
5387 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
5388 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
5389 NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID,
5390 NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR,
5391 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR,
5392 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS,
5393
5394 /* keep last */
5395 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
5396 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5397};
5398
5399/**
5400 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
5401 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
5402 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
5403 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
5404 * a given BSS.
5405 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
5406 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
5407 *
5408 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
5409 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
5410 */
5411enum nl80211_bss_status {
5412 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
5413 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
5414 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
5415};
5416
5417/**
5418 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
5419 *
5420 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
5421 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
5422 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
5423 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
5424 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
5425 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
5426 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
5427 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
5428 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
5429 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
5430 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
5431 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
5432 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
5433 */
5434enum nl80211_auth_type {
5435 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
5436 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
5437 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
5438 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
5439 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
5440 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
5441 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
5442 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
5443
5444 /* keep last */
5445 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
5446 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
5447 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
5448};
5449
5450/**
5451 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
5452 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
5453 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
5454 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
5455 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
5456 */
5457enum nl80211_key_type {
5458 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
5459 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
5460 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
5461
5462 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
5463};
5464
5465/**
5466 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
5467 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
5468 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
5469 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
5470 */
5471enum nl80211_mfp {
5472 NL80211_MFP_NO,
5473 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
5474 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5475};
5476
5477enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
5478 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
5479 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
5480 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
5481};
5482
5483/**
5484 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
5485 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
5486 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
5487 * unicast key
5488 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
5489 * multicast key
5490 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
5491 */
5492enum nl80211_key_default_types {
5493 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
5494 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
5495 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
5496
5497 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
5498};
5499
5500/**
5501 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
5502 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
5503 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
5504 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
5505 * keys
5506 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
5507 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
5508 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
5509 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
5510 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
5511 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
5512 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
5513 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
5514 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
5515 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
5516 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
5517 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
5518 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
5519 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
5520 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
5521 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
5522 *
5523 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
5524 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
5525 */
5526enum nl80211_key_attributes {
5527 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
5528 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
5529 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
5530 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
5531 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
5532 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
5533 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
5534 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
5535 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
5536 NL80211_KEY_MODE,
5537 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
5538
5539 /* keep last */
5540 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
5541 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
5542};
5543
5544/**
5545 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
5546 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
5547 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5548 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
5549 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
5550 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
5551 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5552 * in an array of MCS numbers.
5553 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5554 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
5555 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
5556 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5557 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
5558 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
5559 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
5560 * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT: EHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5561 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_eht
5562 * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_GI: configure EHT GI, (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
5563 * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_LTF: configure EHT LTF, (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ltf)
5564 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
5565 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
5566 */
5567enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
5568 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
5569 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
5570 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
5571 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
5572 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
5573 NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
5574 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
5575 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
5576 NL80211_TXRATE_EHT,
5577 NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_GI,
5578 NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_LTF,
5579
5580 /* keep last */
5581 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
5582 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
5583};
5584
5585#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
5586#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
5587
5588/**
5589 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5590 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5591 */
5592struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
5593 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
5594};
5595
5596#define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8
5597/**
5598 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5599 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5600 */
5601struct nl80211_txrate_he {
5602 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
5603};
5604
5605enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
5606 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
5607 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
5608 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
5609};
5610
5611#define NL80211_EHT_NSS_MAX 16
5612/**
5613 * struct nl80211_txrate_eht - EHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5614 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5615 */
5616struct nl80211_txrate_eht {
5617 __u16 mcs[NL80211_EHT_NSS_MAX];
5618};
5619
5620/**
5621 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
5622 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
5623 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
5624 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
5625 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
5626 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
5627 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder)
5628 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
5629 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
5630 */
5631enum nl80211_band {
5632 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
5633 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
5634 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
5635 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
5636 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
5637 NL80211_BAND_LC,
5638
5639 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
5640};
5641
5642/**
5643 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
5644 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
5645 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
5646 */
5647enum nl80211_ps_state {
5648 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
5649 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
5650};
5651
5652/**
5653 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
5654 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
5655 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
5656 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
5657 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
5658 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
5659 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
5660 * crosses any of the thresholds.
5661 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
5662 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
5663 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
5664 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
5665 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
5666 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
5667 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
5668 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
5669 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
5670 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
5671 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
5672 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
5673 * checked.
5674 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
5675 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
5676 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
5677 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
5678 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
5679 * loss event
5680 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
5681 * RSSI threshold event.
5682 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
5683 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
5684 */
5685enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
5686 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
5687 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
5688 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
5689 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
5690 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
5691 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
5692 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
5693 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
5694 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5695 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
5696
5697 /* keep last */
5698 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
5699 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
5700};
5701
5702/**
5703 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
5704 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
5705 * configured threshold
5706 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
5707 * configured threshold
5708 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
5709 */
5710enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
5711 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
5712 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
5713 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5714};
5715
5716
5717/**
5718 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
5719 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
5720 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
5721 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
5722 */
5723enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
5724 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
5725 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
5726 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
5727};
5728
5729/**
5730 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
5731 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
5732 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
5733 */
5734enum nl80211_tid_config {
5735 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
5736 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
5737};
5738
5739/* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
5740 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
5741 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
5742 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
5743 */
5744enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
5745 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
5746 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
5747 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
5748};
5749
5750/* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
5751 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
5752 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
5753 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
5754 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
5755 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
5756 * per peer instead.
5757 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribute, if set indicates
5758 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
5759 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
5760 * should be left untouched.
5761 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
5762 * Its type is u16.
5763 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
5764 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
5765 * Its type is u8.
5766 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
5767 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5768 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
5769 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5770 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5771 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
5772 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5773 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
5774 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5775 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5776 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
5777 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5778 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5779 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
5780 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
5781 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5782 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
5783 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5784 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5785 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
5786 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
5787 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
5788 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
5789 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
5790 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
5791 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
5792 * station.
5793 */
5794enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
5795 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
5796 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
5797 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
5798 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
5799 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
5800 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
5801 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
5802 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
5803 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
5804 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
5805 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
5806 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
5807 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
5808 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
5809
5810 /* keep last */
5811 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5812 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5813};
5814
5815/**
5816 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
5817 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5818 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
5819 * a zero bit are ignored
5820 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
5821 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
5822 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
5823 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
5824 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
5825 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
5826 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
5827 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
5828 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
5829 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
5830 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
5831 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
5832 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5833 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
5834 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
5835 */
5836enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
5837 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
5838 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
5839 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
5840 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
5841
5842 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
5843 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
5844};
5845
5846/**
5847 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
5848 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
5849 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
5850 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
5851 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5852 *
5853 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
5854 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
5855 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
5856 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
5857 * by the kernel to userspace.
5858 */
5859struct nl80211_pattern_support {
5860 __u32 max_patterns;
5861 __u32 min_pattern_len;
5862 __u32 max_pattern_len;
5863 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
5864} __attribute__((packed));
5865
5866/* only for backward compatibility */
5867#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
5868#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5869#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
5870#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5871#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5872#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5873#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5874
5875/**
5876 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5877 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5878 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5879 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5880 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
5881 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5882 * any others are even supported by the device.
5883 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5884 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5885 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5886 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5887 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5888 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5889 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5890 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5891 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5892 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5893 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5894 *
5895 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5896 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5897 *
5898 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5899 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5900 * to the kernel when configuring.
5901 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5902 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5903 * by the device (flag)
5904 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5905 * done by the device) (flag)
5906 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5907 * packet (flag)
5908 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5909 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5910 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5911 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5912 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5913 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5914 * attribute contains the original length.
5915 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5916 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5917 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5918 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5919 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5920 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5921 * contains the original length.
5922 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5923 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5924 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5925 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5926 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5927 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5928 * the TCP connection.
5929 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5930 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5931 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5932 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5933 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5934 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5935 * service
5936 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5937 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
5938 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
5939 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5940 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5941 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
5942 * attribute is also sent in a response to
5943 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5944 * supported by the driver (u32).
5945 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5946 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
5947 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
5948 * that the information is not available. If more than one
5949 * element is present, it means that more than one match
5950 * occurred.
5951 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5952 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5953 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
5954 * these attributes must be present. If
5955 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5956 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5957 * channel.
5958 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC: For wakeup reporting only.
5959 * Wake up happened due to unprotected deauth or disassoc frame in MFP.
5960 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5961 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5962 *
5963 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5964 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5965 */
5966enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
5967 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
5968 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
5969 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
5970 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
5971 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
5972 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
5973 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
5974 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
5975 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
5976 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
5977 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
5978 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
5979 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
5980 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
5981 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
5982 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
5983 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
5984 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
5985 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
5986 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
5987 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC,
5988
5989 /* keep last */
5990 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
5991 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
5992};
5993
5994/**
5995 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5996 *
5997 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5998 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5999 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
6000 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
6001 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
6002 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
6003 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
6004 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
6005 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
6006 *
6007 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
6008 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
6009 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
6010 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
6011 * also woken up.
6012 *
6013 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
6014 * response packets might not go through correctly.
6015 */
6016
6017/**
6018 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
6019 * @start: starting value
6020 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
6021 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
6022 *
6023 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
6024 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
6025 * in little endian.
6026 */
6027struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
6028 __u32 start, offset, len;
6029};
6030
6031/**
6032 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
6033 * @offset: offset of token in packet
6034 * @len: length of each token
6035 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
6036 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
6037 */
6038struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
6039 __u32 offset, len;
6040 __u8 token_stream[];
6041};
6042
6043/**
6044 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
6045 * @min_len: minimum token length
6046 * @max_len: maximum token length
6047 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
6048 */
6049struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
6050 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
6051};
6052
6053/**
6054 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
6055 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6056 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
6057 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
6058 * (in network byte order)
6059 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
6060 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
6061 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
6062 * might require ARP querying.
6063 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
6064 * socket and port will be allocated
6065 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
6066 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
6067 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
6068 * of the data payload.
6069 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
6070 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
6071 * advertising it is just a flag
6072 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
6073 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
6074 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
6075 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
6076 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
6077 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
6078 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
6079 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
6080 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
6081 * but on the TCP payload only.
6082 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
6083 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
6084 */
6085enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
6086 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
6087 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
6088 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
6089 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
6090 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
6091 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
6092 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
6093 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
6094 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
6095 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
6096 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
6097 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
6098
6099 /* keep last */
6100 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
6101 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
6102};
6103
6104/**
6105 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
6106 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
6107 * @pat: packet pattern support information
6108 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
6109 *
6110 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
6111 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
6112 */
6113struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
6114 __u32 max_rules;
6115 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
6116 __u32 max_delay;
6117} __attribute__((packed));
6118
6119/**
6120 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
6121 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
6122 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
6123 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
6124 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
6125 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
6126 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
6127 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
6128 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
6129 */
6130enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
6131 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
6132 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
6133 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
6134 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
6135
6136 /* keep last */
6137 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
6138 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
6139};
6140
6141/**
6142 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
6143 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
6144 * in a rule are matched.
6145 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
6146 * in a rule are not matched.
6147 */
6148enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
6149 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
6150 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
6151};
6152
6153/**
6154 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
6155 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
6156 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
6157 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
6158 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
6159 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
6160 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
6161 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
6162 */
6163enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
6164 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
6165 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
6166 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
6167
6168 /* keep last */
6169 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
6170 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
6171};
6172
6173/**
6174 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
6175 *
6176 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
6177 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
6178 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
6179 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
6180 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
6181 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
6182 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
6183 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
6184 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
6185 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
6186 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
6187 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
6188 * different channels may be used within this group.
6189 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
6190 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
6191 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
6192 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
6193 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
6194 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
6195 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
6196 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
6197 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
6198 *
6199 * Examples:
6200 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
6201 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
6202 *
6203 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
6204 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
6205 *
6206 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
6207 * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels
6208 *
6209 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
6210 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
6211 *
6212 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
6213 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
6214 * that any of these groups must match.
6215 *
6216 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
6217 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
6218 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
6219 * interface type, the following group always exists:
6220 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
6221 */
6222enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
6223 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
6224 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
6225 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
6226 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
6227 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
6228 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
6229 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
6230 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
6231
6232 /* keep last */
6233 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
6234 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
6235};
6236
6237
6238/**
6239 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
6240 *
6241 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
6242 * state of non-existent mesh peer links
6243 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
6244 * this mesh peer
6245 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
6246 * from this mesh peer
6247 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
6248 * received from this mesh peer
6249 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
6250 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
6251 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
6252 * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames
6253 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
6254 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
6255 */
6256enum nl80211_plink_state {
6257 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
6258 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
6259 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
6260 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
6261 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
6262 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
6263 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
6264
6265 /* keep last */
6266 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
6267 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
6268};
6269
6270/**
6271 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
6272 *
6273 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
6274 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
6275 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
6276 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
6277 */
6278enum nl80211_plink_action {
6279 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
6280 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
6281 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
6282
6283 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
6284};
6285
6286
6287#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
6288#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
6289#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24
6290#define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32
6291#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32 32
6292#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
6293
6294/**
6295 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
6296 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6297 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
6298 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
6299 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
6300 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
6301 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
6302 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
6303 */
6304enum nl80211_rekey_data {
6305 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
6306 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
6307 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
6308 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
6309 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
6310
6311 /* keep last */
6312 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
6313 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
6314};
6315
6316/**
6317 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
6318 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
6319 * Beacon frames)
6320 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
6321 * in Beacon frames
6322 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
6323 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
6324 */
6325enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
6326 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
6327 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
6328 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
6329};
6330
6331/**
6332 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
6333 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
6334 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
6335 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
6336 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
6337 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
6338 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
6339 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
6340 */
6341enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
6342 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
6343 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
6344 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
6345
6346 /* keep last */
6347 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
6348 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
6349};
6350
6351/**
6352 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
6353 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6354 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
6355 * priority)
6356 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
6357 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
6358 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
6359 * (internal)
6360 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
6361 * (internal)
6362 */
6363enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
6364 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
6365 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
6366 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
6367 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
6368
6369 /* keep last */
6370 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
6371 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
6372};
6373
6374/**
6375 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
6376 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
6377 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
6378 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
6379 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
6380 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
6381 */
6382enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
6383 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
6384 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
6385 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
6386 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
6387 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
6388};
6389
6390/**
6391 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
6392 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver
6393 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during
6394 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT.
6395 */
6396enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
6397 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD = 1 << 0,
6398};
6399
6400/**
6401 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
6402 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
6403 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
6404 * socket option.
6405 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
6406 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
6407 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
6408 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
6409 * to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from
6410 * cellular base stations.
6411 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
6412 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
6413 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
6414 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
6415 * mode
6416 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
6417 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
6418 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
6419 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
6420 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
6421 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
6422 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
6423 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
6424 * setting
6425 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
6426 * powersave
6427 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
6428 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
6429 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
6430 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
6431 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
6432 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
6433 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
6434 * states using station flags.
6435 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
6436 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
6437 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
6438 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
6439 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
6440 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
6441 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
6442 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
6443 * still generated by the driver.
6444 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
6445 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
6446 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
6447 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
6448 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
6449 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
6450 * lifetime of a BSS.
6451 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
6452 * Set IE to probe requests.
6453 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
6454 * to probe requests.
6455 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
6456 * requests sent to it by an AP.
6457 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
6458 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
6459 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
6460 * Measurement Report action frame.
6461 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
6462 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
6463 * to enable dynack.
6464 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
6465 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6466 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
6467 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
6468 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6469 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
6470 * rts/cts handshake.
6471 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
6472 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
6473 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
6474 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
6475 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
6476 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
6477 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
6478 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
6479 * operating as a TDLS peer.
6480 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6481 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
6482 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
6483 * address mask/value will be used.
6484 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
6485 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
6486 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6487 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6488 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6489 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
6490 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6491 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6492 */
6493enum nl80211_feature_flags {
6494 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
6495 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
6496 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
6497 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
6498 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
6499 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
6500 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
6501 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
6502 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
6503 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
6504 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
6505 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
6506 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
6507 /* bit 13 is reserved */
6508 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
6509 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
6510 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
6511 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
6512 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
6513 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
6514 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
6515 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
6516 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
6517 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
6518 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
6519 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
6520 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
6521 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
6522 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
6523 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
6524 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
6525 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31,
6526};
6527
6528/**
6529 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
6530 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
6531 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
6532 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
6533 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
6534 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
6535 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertised.
6536 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
6537 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
6538 * certain groups which can be configured by the
6539 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
6540 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
6541 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
6542 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
6543 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
6544 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6545 * (if available).
6546 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
6547 * time the last beacon/probe was received. For a non-MLO connection, the
6548 * time is the TSF of the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is
6549 * connected to (if available). For an MLO connection, the time is the TSF
6550 * of the BSS corresponding with link ID specified in the scan request (if
6551 * specified).
6552 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
6553 * channel dwell time.
6554 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
6555 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non-HT/VHT) rate.
6556 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
6557 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
6558 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
6559 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
6560 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
6561 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
6562 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
6563 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
6564 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
6565 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
6566 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
6567 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
6568 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
6569 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
6570 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
6571 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
6572 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
6573 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
6574 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6575 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
6576 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
6577 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
6578 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
6579 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
6580 * be supported.
6581 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
6582 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
6583 * actual dwell time.
6584 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
6585 * response
6586 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
6587 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
6588 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
6589 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
6590 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
6591 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
6592 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
6593 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
6594 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
6595 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
6596 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
6597 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
6598 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
6599 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
6600 * "radar detected" event.
6601 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
6602 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
6603 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
6604 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
6605 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: Backward-compatible ID
6606 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
6607 * TXQs.
6608 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
6609 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
6610 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
6611 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
6612 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
6613 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
6614 * timing measurement responder role.
6615 *
6616 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
6617 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
6618 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
6619 * freeze the connection.
6620 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
6621 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
6622 *
6623 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
6624 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
6625 * scheduling.
6626 *
6627 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
6628 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
6629 *
6630 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Obsolete
6631 *
6632 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
6633 * to a station.
6634 *
6635 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
6636 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
6637 *
6638 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
6639 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
6640 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
6641 *
6642 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
6643 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
6644 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
6645 *
6646 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
6647 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
6648 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
6649 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
6650 *
6651 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
6652 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
6653 * handled as ordinary data frames.
6654 *
6655 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
6656 *
6657 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
6658 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
6659 *
6660 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
6661 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
6662 *
6663 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
6664 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
6665 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
6666 * included in the scan request.
6667 *
6668 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
6669 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
6670 *
6671 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
6672 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
6673 *
6674 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6675 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
6676 * command).
6677 *
6678 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
6679 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
6680 *
6681 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
6682 * frames transmission
6683 *
6684 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
6685 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
6686 *
6687 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
6688 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
6689 *
6690 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
6691 * exchange protocol.
6692 *
6693 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
6694 * exchange protocol.
6695 *
6696 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
6697 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
6698 * negotiation and range measurement procedure.
6699 *
6700 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
6701 * detection and change announcemnts.
6702 *
6703 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports
6704 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response
6705 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using
6706 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
6707 *
6708 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC
6709 * detection.
6710 *
6711 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address
6712 * change without having to bring the underlying network device down
6713 * first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the
6714 * origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy
6715 * or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions
6716 * might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations
6717 * in progress, and no active connections.
6718 *
6719 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode.
6720 *
6721 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables
6722 * authentication, data encryption and message integrity.
6723 *
6724 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA: Device supports randomized TA
6725 * in authentication and deauthentication frames sent to unassociated peer
6726 * using @NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
6727 *
6728 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
6729 * handling in station mode.
6730 *
6731 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
6732 * handling in AP mode.
6733 *
6734 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT: The device supports peer-to-peer or
6735 * ad hoc operation on DFS channels under the control of a concurrent
6736 * DFS master on the same channel as described in FCC-594280 D01
6737 * (Section B.3). This, for example, allows P2P GO and P2P clients to
6738 * operate on DFS channels as long as there's a concurrent BSS connection.
6739 *
6740 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT: The driver has support for SPP
6741 * (signaling and payload protected) A-MSDUs and this shall be advertised
6742 * in the RSNXE.
6743 *
6744 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT: Driver supports beacon rate
6745 * configuration (AP/mesh) with EHT rates.
6746 *
6747 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
6748 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
6749 */
6750enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
6751 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
6752 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
6753 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
6754 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
6755 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
6756 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
6757 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
6758 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
6759 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
6760 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
6761 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
6762 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
6763 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
6764 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
6765 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
6766 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
6767 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
6768 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
6769 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6770 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
6771 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
6772 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
6773 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
6774 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
6775 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
6776 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
6777 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
6778 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6779 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
6780 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6781 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
6782 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
6783 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
6784 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
6785 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
6786 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
6787 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
6788 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, /* obsolete */
6789 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
6790 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
6791 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
6792 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
6793 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
6794 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
6795 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
6796 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
6797 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
6798 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
6799 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
6800 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
6801 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
6802 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
6803 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
6804 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6805 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
6806 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6807 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
6808 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
6809 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
6810 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
6811 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR,
6812 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD,
6813 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
6814 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE,
6815 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT,
6816 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN,
6817 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA,
6818 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD,
6819 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6820 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT,
6821 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT,
6822 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT,
6823
6824 /* add new features before the definition below */
6825 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
6826 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
6827};
6828
6829/**
6830 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
6831 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
6832 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
6833 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
6834 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
6835 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
6836 * to the host.
6837 *
6838 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
6839 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
6840 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
6841 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
6842 */
6843enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
6844 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
6845 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
6846 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
6847 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
6848};
6849
6850/**
6851 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
6852 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
6853 * handled by the AP is reached.
6854 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
6855 */
6856enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
6857 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
6858 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
6859};
6860
6861/**
6862 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
6863 *
6864 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
6865 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
6866 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
6867 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
6868 */
6869enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
6870 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
6871 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
6872 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
6873 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
6874};
6875
6876/**
6877 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
6878 *
6879 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
6880 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
6881 * requests.
6882 *
6883 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
6884 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
6885 * one of them can be used in the request.
6886 *
6887 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
6888 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
6889 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
6890 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
6891 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
6892 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
6893 * when really needed
6894 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
6895 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
6896 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
6897 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
6898 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
6899 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
6900 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
6901 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
6902 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
6903 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
6904 * request parameters IE in the probe request
6905 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
6906 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
6907 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non-OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
6908 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
6909 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
6910 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
6911 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
6912 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
6913 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
6914 * SSID and/or RSSI.
6915 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
6916 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
6917 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
6918 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
6919 * impacted with this flag.
6920 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
6921 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
6922 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
6923 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
6924 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
6925 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
6926 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
6927 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
6928 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
6929 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
6930 * possible.
6931 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
6932 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
6933 * added by userspace explicitly.)
6934 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
6935 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
6936 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
6937 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for collocated APs reported by
6938 * 2.4/5 GHz APs. When the flag is set, the scan logic will use the
6939 * information from the RNR element found in beacons/probe responses
6940 * received on the 2.4/5 GHz channels to actively scan only the 6GHz
6941 * channels on which APs are expected to be found. Note that when not set,
6942 * the scan logic would scan all 6GHz channels, but since transmission of
6943 * probe requests on non-PSC channels is limited, it is highly likely that
6944 * these channels would passively be scanned. Also note that when the flag
6945 * is set, in addition to the colocated APs, PSC channels would also be
6946 * scanned if the user space has asked for it.
6947 */
6948enum nl80211_scan_flags {
6949 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
6950 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
6951 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
6952 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
6953 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
6954 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
6955 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
6956 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
6957 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
6958 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
6959 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
6960 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11,
6961 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12,
6962 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13,
6963 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14,
6964};
6965
6966/**
6967 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
6968 *
6969 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
6970 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
6971 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
6972 *
6973 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
6974 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
6975 * in ACL to authenticate.
6976 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
6977 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
6978 */
6979enum nl80211_acl_policy {
6980 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
6981 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
6982};
6983
6984/**
6985 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6986 *
6987 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6988 *
6989 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6990 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6991 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6992 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6993 * @__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST: internal
6994 * @NL80211_SMPS_MAX: highest used enumeration
6995 */
6996enum nl80211_smps_mode {
6997 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
6998 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
6999 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
7000
7001 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
7002 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
7003};
7004
7005/**
7006 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
7007 *
7008 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
7009 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
7010 *
7011 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
7012 * now unusable.
7013 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
7014 * the channel is now available.
7015 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
7016 * change to the channel status.
7017 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
7018 * over, channel becomes usable.
7019 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
7020 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
7021 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
7022 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
7023 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
7024 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
7025 */
7026enum nl80211_radar_event {
7027 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
7028 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
7029 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
7030 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
7031 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
7032 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
7033};
7034
7035/**
7036 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
7037 *
7038 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
7039 *
7040 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
7041 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
7042 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
7043 * is therefore marked as not available.
7044 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
7045 */
7046enum nl80211_dfs_state {
7047 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
7048 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
7049 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
7050};
7051
7052/**
7053 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
7054 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
7055 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
7056 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
7057 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
7058 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
7059 */
7060enum nl80211_protocol_features {
7061 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
7062};
7063
7064/**
7065 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
7066 *
7067 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
7068 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
7069 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
7070 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
7071 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
7072 */
7073enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
7074 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
7075 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
7076 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
7077 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
7078 /* add other protocols before this one */
7079 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
7080};
7081
7082/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
7083#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
7084
7085/**
7086 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
7087 *
7088 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
7089 *
7090 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
7091 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
7092 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
7093 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
7094 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
7095 */
7096enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
7097 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
7098 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
7099};
7100
7101/*
7102 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
7103 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
7104 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
7105 */
7106#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
7107
7108/**
7109 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
7110 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
7111 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
7112 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
7113 * added to this file when needed.
7114 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
7115 */
7116struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
7117 __u32 vendor_id;
7118 __u32 subcmd;
7119};
7120
7121/**
7122 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
7123 *
7124 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
7125 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
7126 *
7127 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
7128 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
7129 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
7130 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
7131 */
7132enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
7133 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
7134 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
7135 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
7136 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
7137};
7138
7139/**
7140 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
7141 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
7142 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
7143 * seconds (u32).
7144 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
7145 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
7146 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
7147 * make the scan plan meaningless.
7148 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
7149 * currently defined
7150 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
7151 */
7152enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
7153 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
7154 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
7155 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
7156
7157 /* keep last */
7158 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
7159 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
7160 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
7161};
7162
7163/**
7164 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
7165 *
7166 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
7167 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
7168 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
7169 */
7170struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
7171 __u8 band;
7172 __s8 delta;
7173} __attribute__((packed));
7174
7175/**
7176 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
7177 *
7178 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
7179 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
7180 * is requested.
7181 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
7182 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
7183 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
7184 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
7185 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
7186 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
7187 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
7188 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
7189 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
7190 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
7191 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
7192 *
7193 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
7194 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
7195 * which the driver shall use.
7196 */
7197enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
7198 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
7199 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
7200 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
7201 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
7202
7203 /* keep last */
7204 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
7205 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
7206};
7207
7208/**
7209 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
7210 *
7211 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
7212 *
7213 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
7214 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
7215 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
7216 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST: internal use
7217 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE: internal use
7218 */
7219enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
7220 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
7221 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
7222 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
7223
7224 /* keep last */
7225 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
7226 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
7227};
7228
7229/**
7230 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
7231 *
7232 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
7233 *
7234 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
7235 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
7236 */
7237enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
7238 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
7239 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
7240};
7241
7242/**
7243 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
7244 *
7245 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
7246 *
7247 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
7248 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
7249 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
7250 */
7251enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
7252 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
7253 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
7254 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
7255};
7256
7257#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
7258#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
7259#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
7260
7261/**
7262 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
7263 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
7264 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
7265 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
7266 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
7267 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
7268 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
7269 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
7270 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
7271 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
7272 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
7273 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
7274 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
7275 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
7276 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
7277 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
7278 * is follow up. This is a u8.
7279 * The requester instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
7280 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
7281 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
7282 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
7283 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
7284 * This is a flag.
7285 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
7286 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
7287 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
7288 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
7289 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
7290 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
7291 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
7292 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
7293 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
7294 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
7295 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
7296 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
7297 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
7298 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
7299 *
7300 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
7301 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
7302 */
7303enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
7304 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
7305 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
7306 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
7307 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
7308 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
7309 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
7310 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
7311 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
7312 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
7313 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
7314 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
7315 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
7316 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
7317 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
7318 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
7319 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
7320 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
7321
7322 /* keep last */
7323 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
7324 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
7325};
7326
7327/**
7328 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
7329 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
7330 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
7331 * This is a flag.
7332 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
7333 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
7334 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
7335 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
7336 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
7337 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
7338 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
7339 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
7340 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
7341 */
7342enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
7343 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
7344 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
7345 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
7346 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
7347 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
7348
7349 /* keep last */
7350 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
7351 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
7352};
7353
7354/**
7355 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
7356 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
7357 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
7358 * match. This is a nested attribute.
7359 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
7360 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
7361 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
7362 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
7363 *
7364 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
7365 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
7366 */
7367enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
7368 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
7369 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
7370 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
7371
7372 /* keep last */
7373 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
7374 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
7375};
7376
7377/**
7378 * enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes - NAN band configuration attributes
7379 * @__NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_INVALID: Invalid.
7380 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_BAND: Band for which the configuration is
7381 * being set. The value is according to &enum nl80211_band (u8).
7382 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_FREQ: Discovery frequency. This attribute shall not
7383 * be present on 2.4 GHZ band. On 5 GHz band its presence is optional.
7384 * The allowed values are 5220 (channel 44) or 5745 (channel 149).
7385 * If not present, channel 149 is used if allowed, otherwise channel 44
7386 * will be selected. The value is in MHz (u16).
7387 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE: RSSI close threshold used for NAN state
7388 * transition algorithm as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN
7389 * Device Role and State Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) Specification
7390 * v4.0. If not specified, default device value is used. The value should
7391 * be greater than -60 dBm (s8).
7392 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_MIDDLE: RSSI middle threshold used for NAN state
7393 * transition algorithm as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN
7394 * Device Role and State Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) Specification
7395 * v4.0. If not present, default device value is used. The value should be
7396 * greater than -75 dBm and less than %NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE
7397 * (s8).
7398 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_WAKE_DW: Committed DW information (values 0-5).
7399 * Value 0 means that the device will not wake up during the
7400 * discovery window. Values 1-5 mean that the device will wake up
7401 * during each 2^(n - 1) discovery window, where n is the value of
7402 * this attribute. Setting this attribute to 0 is not allowed on
7403 * 2.4 GHz band (u8). This is an optional parameter (default is 1).
7404 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_DISABLE_SCAN: Optional flag attribute to disable
7405 * scanning (for cluster merge) on the band. If set, the device will not
7406 * scan on this band anymore. Disabling scanning on 2.4 GHz band is not
7407 * allowed.
7408 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR: Internal.
7409 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR_MAX: Highest NAN band configuration attribute.
7410 *
7411 * These attributes are used to configure NAN band-specific parameters. Note,
7412 * that both RSSI attributes should be configured (or both left unset).
7413 */
7414enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes {
7415 __NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_INVALID,
7416 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_BAND,
7417 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_FREQ,
7418 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE,
7419 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_MIDDLE,
7420 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_WAKE_DW,
7421 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_DISABLE_SCAN,
7422
7423 /* keep last */
7424 NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR,
7425 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR - 1,
7426};
7427
7428/**
7429 * enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes - NAN configuration attributes
7430 * @__NL80211_NAN_CONF_INVALID: Invalid attribute, used for validation.
7431 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_CLUSTER_ID: ID for the NAN cluster. This is a MAC
7432 * address that can take values from 50-6F-9A-01-00-00 to
7433 * 50-6F-9A-01-FF-FF. This attribute is optional. If not present,
7434 * a random Cluster ID will be chosen.
7435 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_EXTRA_ATTRS: Additional NAN attributes to be
7436 * published in the beacons. This is an optional byte array.
7437 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_VENDOR_ELEMS: Vendor-specific elements that will
7438 * be published in the beacons. This is an optional byte array.
7439 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_BAND_CONFIGS: This is a nested array attribute,
7440 * containing multiple entries for each supported band. Each band
7441 * configuration consists of &enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes.
7442 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_PERIOD: Scan period in seconds. If not configured,
7443 * device default is used. Zero value will disable scanning.
7444 * This is u16 (optional).
7445 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_DWELL_TIME: Scan dwell time in TUs per channel.
7446 * Only non-zero values are valid. If not configured the device default
7447 * value is used. This is u16 (optional)
7448 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_DISCOVERY_BEACON_INTERVAL: Discovery beacon interval
7449 * in TUs. Valid range is 50-200 TUs. If not configured the device default
7450 * value is used. This is u8 (optional)
7451 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_NOTIFY_DW: If set, the driver will notify userspace about
7452 * the upcoming discovery window with
7453 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION.
7454 * This is a flag attribute.
7455 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR: Internal.
7456 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR_MAX: Highest NAN configuration attribute.
7457 *
7458 * These attributes are used to configure NAN-specific parameters.
7459 */
7460enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes {
7461 __NL80211_NAN_CONF_INVALID,
7462 NL80211_NAN_CONF_CLUSTER_ID,
7463 NL80211_NAN_CONF_EXTRA_ATTRS,
7464 NL80211_NAN_CONF_VENDOR_ELEMS,
7465 NL80211_NAN_CONF_BAND_CONFIGS,
7466 NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_PERIOD,
7467 NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_DWELL_TIME,
7468 NL80211_NAN_CONF_DISCOVERY_BEACON_INTERVAL,
7469 NL80211_NAN_CONF_NOTIFY_DW,
7470
7471 /* keep last */
7472 NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR,
7473 NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR - 1,
7474};
7475
7476/**
7477 * enum nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
7478 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
7479 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
7480 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
7481 */
7482enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
7483 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
7484 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
7485};
7486
7487/**
7488 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
7489 * responder attributes
7490 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7491 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
7492 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
7493 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
7494 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
7495 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: The content of Measurement Report Element
7496 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
7497 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
7498 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7499 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
7500 */
7501enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
7502 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7503
7504 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
7505 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7506 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7507
7508 /* keep last */
7509 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7510 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7511};
7512
7513/*
7514 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
7515 *
7516 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
7517 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
7518 *
7519 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
7520 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
7521 * were ssfully answered (u32)
7522 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
7523 * frames were successfully answered (u32)
7524 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
7525 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
7526 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
7527 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
7528 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
7529 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
7530 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
7531 * phase with the responder (u32)
7532 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
7533 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
7534 * FTM slot (u32)
7535 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
7536 * scheduled window (u32)
7537 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
7538 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
7539 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
7540 */
7541enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
7542 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
7543 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
7544 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
7545 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
7546 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
7547 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
7548 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
7549 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
7550 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
7551 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
7552 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
7553
7554 /* keep last */
7555 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
7556 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
7557};
7558
7559/**
7560 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
7561 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
7562 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
7563 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
7564 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
7565 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
7566 */
7567enum nl80211_preamble {
7568 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
7569 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
7570 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
7571 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
7572 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
7573};
7574
7575/**
7576 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
7577 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
7578 * these numbers also for attributes
7579 *
7580 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
7581 *
7582 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
7583 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
7584 */
7585enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
7586 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
7587
7588 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
7589
7590 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
7591 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
7592};
7593
7594/**
7595 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
7596 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
7597 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
7598 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
7599 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
7600 * reason may be available in the response data
7601 */
7602enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
7603 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
7604 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
7605 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
7606 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
7607};
7608
7609/**
7610 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
7611 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7612 *
7613 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7614 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
7615 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
7616 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
7617 * (flag attribute)
7618 *
7619 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
7620 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7621 */
7622enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
7623 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7624
7625 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
7626 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
7627
7628 /* keep last */
7629 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
7630 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
7631};
7632
7633/**
7634 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
7635 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7636 *
7637 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7638 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
7639 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
7640 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
7641 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
7642 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
7643 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
7644 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
7645 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
7646 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
7647 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
7648 * (u64, usec)
7649 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
7650 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
7651 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
7652 * result.
7653 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
7654 *
7655 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
7656 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7657 */
7658enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
7659 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7660
7661 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
7662 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
7663 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
7664 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
7665 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
7666 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7667
7668 /* keep last */
7669 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
7670 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
7671};
7672
7673/**
7674 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
7675 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7676 *
7677 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
7678 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
7679 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
7680 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7681 * measurement type, with attributes from the
7682 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
7683 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7684 * measurement type, with attributes from the
7685 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
7686 *
7687 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
7688 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7689 */
7690enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
7691 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
7692
7693 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
7694 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
7695 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
7696 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
7697
7698 /* keep last */
7699 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
7700 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
7701};
7702
7703/**
7704 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
7705 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7706 *
7707 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
7708 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
7709 * measurements can be done with in a single request
7710 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
7711 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
7712 * measurement results
7713 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
7714 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
7715 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
7716 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
7717 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
7718 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
7719 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
7720 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
7721 * sub-attributes taken from
7722 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
7723 *
7724 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
7725 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7726 */
7727enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
7728 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
7729
7730 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
7731 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
7732 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
7733 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
7734 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
7735
7736 /* keep last */
7737 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
7738 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
7739};
7740
7741/**
7742 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
7743 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7744 *
7745 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
7746 * is supported
7747 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
7748 * mode is supported
7749 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
7750 * data can be requested during the measurement
7751 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
7752 * location data can be requested during the measurement
7753 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
7754 * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
7755 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
7756 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
7757 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
7758 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
7759 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
7760 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
7761 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
7762 * is valid)
7763 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
7764 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
7765 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
7766 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported
7767 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
7768 * if non-trigger-based ranging measurement is supported
7769 *
7770 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
7771 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7772 */
7773enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
7774 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
7775
7776 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
7777 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
7778 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
7779 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
7780 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
7781 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
7782 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
7783 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7784 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7785 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7786
7787 /* keep last */
7788 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
7789 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
7790};
7791
7792/**
7793 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
7794 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7795 *
7796 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
7797 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
7798 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
7799 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
7800 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
7801 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7802 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
7803 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
7804 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
7805 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
7806 * default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7807 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
7808 * requested per burst
7809 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
7810 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
7811 * (u8, default 3)
7812 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
7813 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
7814 * (flag)
7815 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
7816 * measurement (flag).
7817 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
7818 * mutually exclusive.
7819 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7820 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7821 * ranging will be used.
7822 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non-trigger-based
7823 * ranging measurement (flag)
7824 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
7825 * mutually exclusive.
7826 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7827 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7828 * ranging will be used.
7829 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
7830 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
7831 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7832 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
7833 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
7834 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7835 *
7836 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
7837 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7838 */
7839enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
7840 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7841
7842 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
7843 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
7844 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7845 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
7846 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7847 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7848 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
7849 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
7850 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
7851 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7852 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7853 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK,
7854 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR,
7855
7856 /* keep last */
7857 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
7858 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
7859};
7860
7861/**
7862 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
7863 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
7864 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
7865 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
7866 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
7867 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
7868 * try and get no response)
7869 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
7870 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
7871 * received
7872 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
7873 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
7874 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
7875 * by the peer and are no longer supported
7876 */
7877enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
7878 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
7879 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
7880 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
7881 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
7882 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
7883 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
7884 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
7885 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
7886};
7887
7888/**
7889 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
7890 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7891 *
7892 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
7893 * (u32, optional)
7894 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
7895 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
7896 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
7897 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
7898 * transmitted (u32, optional)
7899 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
7900 * that were acknowledged (u32, optional)
7901 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
7902 * busy peer (u32, seconds)
7903 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
7904 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7905 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
7906 * the responder (similar to request, u8)
7907 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
7908 * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7909 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
7910 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7911 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
7912 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7913 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
7914 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
7915 * attributes)
7916 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
7917 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
7918 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
7919 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7920 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
7921 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7922 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
7923 * optional)
7924 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
7925 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7926 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
7927 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7928 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
7929 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
7930 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7931 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7932 * Type 8.
7933 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
7934 * (binary, optional);
7935 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7936 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7937 * Type 11.
7938 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
7939 *
7940 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
7941 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7942 */
7943enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
7944 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7945
7946 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
7947 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
7948 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
7949 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
7950 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
7951 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7952 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7953 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7954 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
7955 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
7956 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
7957 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
7958 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
7959 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
7960 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
7961 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
7962 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
7963 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
7964 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7965 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7966 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7967
7968 /* keep last */
7969 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
7970 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
7971};
7972
7973/**
7974 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
7975 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7976 *
7977 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
7978 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
7979 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
7980 * tx power offset.
7981 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
7982 * values used by members of the SRG.
7983 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
7984 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
7985 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
7986 *
7987 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7988 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
7989 */
7990enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
7991 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
7992
7993 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
7994 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
7995 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
7996 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
7997 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
7998 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
7999
8000 /* keep last */
8001 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
8002 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8003};
8004
8005/**
8006 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
8007 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8008 *
8009 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
8010 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
8011 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
8012 *
8013 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8014 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
8015 */
8016enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
8017 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
8018
8019 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
8020 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
8021 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
8022
8023 /* keep last */
8024 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
8025 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8026};
8027
8028/**
8029 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
8030 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8031 *
8032 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
8033 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
8034 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
8035 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
8036 * AKM suites for the specified interface types.
8037 *
8038 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8039 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
8040 */
8041enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
8042 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
8043
8044 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
8045 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
8046
8047 /* keep last */
8048 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
8049 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8050};
8051
8052/**
8053 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
8054 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
8055 *
8056 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8057 *
8058 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
8059 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
8060 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
8061 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit). If set to 0, the feature is disabled.
8062 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
8063 * frame including the headers.
8064 *
8065 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8066 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
8067 */
8068enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
8069 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
8070
8071 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
8072 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
8073 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
8074
8075 /* keep last */
8076 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
8077 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
8078};
8079
8080/*
8081 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
8082 * mandatory fields.
8083 */
8084#define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
8085
8086/**
8087 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
8088 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
8089 *
8090 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8091 *
8092 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
8093 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
8094 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). If set to 0, the feature is
8095 * disabled.
8096 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
8097 * frame template (binary).
8098 *
8099 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8100 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
8101 */
8102enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
8103 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
8104
8105 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
8106 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
8107
8108 /* keep last */
8109 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
8110 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
8111 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
8112};
8113
8114/**
8115 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
8116 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
8117 * used.
8118 *
8119 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
8120 * attribute is not present from userspace.
8121 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
8122 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
8123 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
8124 * can be used.
8125 */
8126enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
8127 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
8128 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
8129 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
8130 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
8131};
8132
8133/**
8134 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
8135 *
8136 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
8137 *
8138 * @NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE: internal
8139 */
8140enum nl80211_sar_type {
8141 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,
8142
8143 /* add new type here */
8144
8145 /* Keep last */
8146 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
8147};
8148
8149/**
8150 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
8151 *
8152 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8153 *
8154 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
8155 *
8156 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
8157 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
8158 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
8159 *
8160 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
8161 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
8162 *
8163 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
8164 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
8165 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
8166 *
8167 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8168 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
8169 *
8170 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
8171 */
8172enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
8173 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,
8174
8175 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
8176 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,
8177
8178 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
8179 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8180};
8181
8182/**
8183 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
8184 *
8185 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID: Invalid
8186 *
8187 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
8188 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
8189 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
8190 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
8191 *
8192 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
8193 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
8194 * is applied to this range.
8195 *
8196 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
8197 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
8198 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
8199 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
8200 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
8201 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
8202 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
8203 *
8204 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
8205 *
8206 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
8207 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
8208 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
8209 *
8210 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
8211 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
8212 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
8213 *
8214 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
8215 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
8216 */
8217enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
8218 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,
8219
8220 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
8221 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
8222 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
8223 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,
8224
8225 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
8226 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
8227};
8228
8229/**
8230 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced
8231 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode.
8232 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for
8233 * MBSSID and EMA.
8234 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the
8235 * features.
8236 *
8237 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8238 *
8239 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise
8240 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver.
8241 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting
8242 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2.
8243 *
8244 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel
8245 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver
8246 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace
8247 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to
8248 * a non-zero value.
8249 *
8250 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of
8251 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set.
8252 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for
8253 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible
8254 * for using unique indices for the interfaces.
8255 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1.
8256 *
8257 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for
8258 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of
8259 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface
8260 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up
8261 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match
8262 * the interface index of the same.
8263 *
8264 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature.
8265 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support
8266 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero.
8267 *
8268 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_LINK_ID: Link ID of the transmitted profile.
8269 * This parameter is mandatory when NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG attributes
8270 * are sent for a non-transmitted profile and if the transmitted profile
8271 * is part of an MLD. For all other cases this parameter is unnecessary.
8272 *
8273 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8274 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
8275 */
8276enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes {
8277 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
8278
8279 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES,
8280 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY,
8281 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX,
8282 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX,
8283 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA,
8284 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_LINK_ID,
8285
8286 /* keep last */
8287 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST,
8288 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8289};
8290
8291/**
8292 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
8293 *
8294 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external
8295 * authentication.
8296 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query
8297 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises
8298 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall
8299 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by
8300 * userspace.
8301 */
8302enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags {
8303 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = 1 << 0,
8304 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT = 1 << 1,
8305};
8306
8307/**
8308 * enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs - wiphy radio attributes
8309 *
8310 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8311 *
8312 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INDEX: Index of this radio (u32)
8313 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE: Frequency range supported by this
8314 * radio. Attribute may be present multiple times.
8315 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATION: Supported interface
8316 * combination for this radio. Attribute may be present multiple times
8317 * and contains attributes defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
8318 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_ANTENNA_MASK: bitmask (u32) of antennas
8319 * connected to this radio.
8320 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (u32) of this radio.
8321 *
8322 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8323 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute
8324 */
8325enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs {
8326 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INVALID,
8327
8328 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INDEX,
8329 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE,
8330 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATION,
8331 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_ANTENNA_MASK,
8332 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_RTS_THRESHOLD,
8333
8334 /* keep last */
8335 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST,
8336 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8337};
8338
8339/**
8340 * enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_freq_range - wiphy radio frequency range
8341 *
8342 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8343 *
8344 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_START: Frequency range start (u32).
8345 * The unit is kHz.
8346 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_END: Frequency range end (u32).
8347 * The unit is kHz.
8348 *
8349 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8350 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute
8351 */
8352enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_freq_range {
8353 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_INVALID,
8354
8355 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_START,
8356 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_END,
8357
8358 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST,
8359 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8360};
8361
8362/**
8363 * enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs - S1G short beacon data
8364 *
8365 * @__NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8366 *
8367 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_HEAD: Short beacon head (binary).
8368 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_TAIL: Short beacon tail (binary).
8369 *
8370 * @__NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8371 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute
8372 */
8373enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs {
8374 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_INVALID,
8375
8376 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_HEAD,
8377 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_TAIL,
8378
8379 /* keep last */
8380 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST,
8381 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_MAX =
8382 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST - 1
8383};
8384
8385/**
8386 * enum nl80211_nan_capabilities - NAN (Neighbor Aware Networking)
8387 * capabilities.
8388 *
8389 * @__NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_INVALID: Invalid.
8390 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC: Flag attribute indicating that
8391 * the device supports configurable synchronization. If set, the device
8392 * should be able to handle %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG
8393 * attribute in the %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN (and change) command.
8394 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_USERSPACE_DE: Flag attribute indicating that
8395 * NAN Discovery Engine (DE) is not offloaded and the driver assumes
8396 * user space DE implementation. When set, %NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
8397 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION and %NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH commands
8398 * should not be used. In addition, the device/driver should support
8399 * sending discovery window (DW) notifications using
8400 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION and handling transmission and
8401 * reception of NAN SDF frames on NAN device interface during DW windows.
8402 * (%NL80211_CMD_FRAME is used to transmit SDFs)
8403 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_OP_MODE: u8 attribute indicating the supported operation
8404 * modes as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) specification Table 81 (Operation
8405 * Mode field format).
8406 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_NUM_ANTENNAS: u8 attribute indicating the number of
8407 * TX and RX antennas supported by the device. Lower nibble indicates
8408 * the number of TX antennas and upper nibble indicates the number of RX
8409 * antennas. Value 0 indicates the information is not available.
8410 * See table 79 of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) specification (Number of
8411 * Antennas field).
8412 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_MAX_CHANNEL_SWITCH_TIME: u16 attribute indicating the
8413 * maximum time in microseconds that the device requires to switch
8414 * channels.
8415 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CAPABILITIES: u8 attribute containing the
8416 * capabilities of the device as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM)
8417 * specification Table 79 (Capabilities field).
8418 * @__NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST: Internal
8419 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_MAX: Highest NAN capability attribute.
8420 */
8421enum nl80211_nan_capabilities {
8422 __NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_INVALID,
8423
8424 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC,
8425 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_USERSPACE_DE,
8426 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_OP_MODE,
8427 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_NUM_ANTENNAS,
8428 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_MAX_CHANNEL_SWITCH_TIME,
8429 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CAPABILITIES,
8430 /* keep last */
8431 __NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST,
8432 NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_MAX = __NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST - 1,
8433};
8434
8435#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
8436